units

faculty-pg-law

Faculty of Law

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2013 Postgraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The unit is taken by completing a 25,000 - 30,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows candidates:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (25,000-30,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.
Please note that there is an application process for this unit, available at: http://law.monash.edu.au/current-students/enrolments/enrolment-guidelines-pg-research-units.html

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 24 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit studies and analyses the agreement for lease; the problems arising in a determination of the subject matter of the lease; assignment by lessor or lessee and its effects eg. the enforceability of covenants in the lease by and against mortgagees after assignment; the effect of assignment under the Retail Leases Act 2003. It analyses problems arising in the interpretation of some common covenants eg. outgoings; repairs, quiet enjoyment; insurance; user; options; and studies rent and rent review clauses as well as default and remedies. Specific reference to relevant legislation eg. Retail Leases Act 2003 is included in all topics.

Outcomes

Upon completion students should:

  1. Have a general understanding of the laws regulating the rights and duties of landlords and tenants in a commercial lease;
  2. Have a detailed understanding of the law and the way in which it is applied with respect to a number of areas of current interest and concern in the area of commercial leases;
  3. Be able to identify or find relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve current problems relating to a range of relevant transactions; and
  4. Have developed legal research and writing and legal skills by undertaking systematic research into legal policy and rules pertaining to the commercial lease.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW2102 and LAW3402 or LAW7429 and LAW7270, or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The branch of intellectual property law which protects literary and artistic creations, films, sound recordings, broadcasts and published editions of works. Areas of difficulty and areas of contemporary and emerging importance, including computer software, databases and the challenges posed by convergence of communications and the Internet. New sui generis forms of protection, such as for databases and international and comparative materials.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have an enhanced appreciation of the policies and objectives underlying the law of copyright
  2. be able to comment critically on those policies and objectives and to relate them to current proposals for law reform
  3. have developed a detailed knowledge of the subject-matter that is eligible for protection under the laws, the requirements for obtaining such protection and its scope, once obtained
  4. be able to provide detailed and comprehensive advice to authors, designers and other creators on their rights and liabilities under the law of copyright to provide advice of equivalent depth to users of copyright material
  5. have a sound understanding of the operation and application of the rules governing the international protection of copyright
  6. have a clear appreciation of the impact of technological change on the formulation and protection of the rights studied.

Assessment

Class exercise (1125 words): 15%
Research assignment (1875 words): 25%
Take-home exam (4500 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit has been conceived in the context of the rapidly changing taxation environment in Australia. It is designed to enable careful, in-depth consideration of selected recent developments within an academic framework. This requires some flexibility in the topics covered from year to year. The areas to be considered are chosen on the basis of three criteria: they constitute recent developments in the area of income tax; they are of practical significance, and they lend themselves to analysis at an academic level. The unit considers the recent spate of tax reform legislation, namely capital gains, fringe benefits, imputation, international, etc., and recent significant cases.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the European Union (EU) and its relations with the world. The unit introduces students to the fundamental aspects of the EU's legal system (legal structures, principles, institutions, law-making procedures, enforcement mechanisms, etc). The unit then examines the EU's core economic law and policies, including the single market and competition policy. The unit also investigates the EUs relations with the world, including the EU's treaty-making powers, trade policy (notably in the WTO) and the ongoing attempts to create a common EU foreign and security policy.

Outcomes

This unit is designed for Australian and other non-European Union (EU) lawyers who, for professional or academic reasons, seek an introduction to the law and policy of the European Union. At the end of the unit students will be familiar with the legal structures and governance of the European Union, the engine of the European integration project, the single market, and the EU's relations with the rest of the world.

Assessment

Research essay (5250 words): 70%
Take-home Exam (2250 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

An analysis of practice and changes under the Family Law Act 1975 for the resolution of family conflict, and how expert evidence and social, psychological and medical sciences inform decision making.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have an understanding of:

  1. adversarial and non-adversarial methods of resolution of family conflict within the existing system of family law;
  2. the role of the legal profession in the resolution of disputes about children and property, including the representation of children;
  3. the role of the judiciary and the legal conduct of child-related trials;
  4. the role of expert evidence and technical information in litigation;
  5. the relevance of social, psychological and medical sciences in children's matters;
  6. interaction between the Family Law Act 1975 and international conventions such as UNCROC and the Hague Convention on the abduction of children; and
  7. new developments and changes over the last 12 months.

Assessment

Research assignment (7,000 words): 90%
Class participation and attendance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Topics include: an introduction to public international law and international human rights law concepts; the theories, philosophical foundations and historical development of international human rights law; universality and cultural relativism; the international human rights institutions and enforcement mechanisms; an overview of the different types of rights (civil and political rights; economic social and cultural rights); restrictions on rights, including derogation, qualifications and limitations; and the relevance of international human rights law to Australian law and practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should understand and be able to critically analyse, research and apply the following knowledge:

  • the basic concepts underlying public international law and international human rights law concepts;
  • the competing theories and philosophical foundations of international human rights, and the historical development of modern international human rights law;
  • the debates surrounding the universality, cultural relativism and/or pluralistic nature of human rights;
  • the international human rights institutions and enforcement mechanisms, focussing on the treaty and charter based systems;
  • the scope and content of civil and political rights;
  • the scope and content of economic, social and cultural rights, including debates surrounding their justiciability;
  • the ability to restrict the application of rights in certain circumstances subject to certain requirements, including derogation, qualifications and limitations; and
  • the relevance of international human rights law to Australian law and practice.

Assessment

Research essay (max 7,500 words): 100%
OR
Two research essays (max 3,750 words each): 50% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus split block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is built around four main topics:

  1. the International Trade of Goods including the contracts for sale, transport and financing of goods to and from Australia
  2. entry into a foreign market through the mechanisms of distributionship, agency, franchising, licensing and technology transfer
  3. impediments to a regulation of international trade - the impact of the GATT/WTO
  4. international dispute resolution - negotiation, mediation, litigation and arbitration.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should have:

  1. an awareness of the kinds of legal problems that arise from international commercial transactions
  2. acquired an understanding of how the law of sale of goods, negotiable instruments, carriage of goods, and dispute settlement is affected when goods cross national boundaries
  3. a familiarity with the principal mechanisms that trading parties use to resolve or reduce those problems
  4. an appreciation of contemporary issues in Australia's international trading relationships
  5. an awareness of the ways in which government controls of various kinds may affect private international commercial transactions
  6. a broad knowledge of how the general problems of international trade operate in selected specific areas.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do the reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a six credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Objectives and principles underlying corporate insolvency law. The concept of insolvency. Administration and deed of company arrangement. Procedures for winding up. Assets available for distribution in winding up. Proof and ranking of claims in winding up. Insolvent trading and director's duty to creditors. Voidable transactions. Enforcement of security and receivership. Cross-border insolvency.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should:

  1. have an appreciation of the objectives of corporate insolvency law
  2. understand the underlying principles of corporate insolvency law
  3. understand the impact of insolvency generally on a corporation's rights and liabilities
  4. have an advanced understanding of the legal principles and rules which govern corporate insolvency, together with an understanding of the practical implications of such rules.

Assessment

Research assignment (6,750 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit involves a study of Victorian law on occupational health and safety, in particular the Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004, the Dangerous Goods Act 1985, OHS Regulations and compliance codes. Reference will also be made to Federal and other State and Territory OHS laws. The unit will explore the depth and scope of the duties and self-regulatory responsibilities which are cast upon employees and employers, contractors and occupiers and others at the workplace in Victoria with reference to relevant case law. These duties and responsibilities will be examined in an historical, sociological and wider legal context.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  1. have an understanding of, and be able to critically evaluate, the methods for prescribing and maintaining standards of safety in the workplace
  2. have an understanding of the role of courts and legislatures in workplace safety
  3. be familiar with the current and emerging OHS legislation and case law in Victoria
  4. have an understanding of how the OHS laws fit within the context of other legislation dealing with behaviour in the workplace such as industrial relations legislation, equal opportunity legislation and workers' compensation legislation
  5. be able to apply the law to a variety of fact situations with a view to solving problems and, if applicable, giving advice.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3,000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%
OR
Research assignment (7,000 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

On January 1, 2010 the Evidence Act 2008 (Vic) came into operation. The Act introduces a reformed version of the uniform evidence acts presently in operation federally and in New South Wales and Tasmania into Victoria. The Act is based upon recommendations made by the Victorian Law Reform Commission in its 2005 report. The Act both codifies and changes in fundamental fashion the previous law of evidence in Victoria. This unit will analyse changes brought about by the Act. At least six discrete areas of current interest in evidence law will be the subject of particular focus.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. possess a critical understanding of selected issues raised by the introduction of uniform evidence legislation in Victoria
  2. understand the theoretical and practical obstacles to judicial proof of selected issues
  3. be able to identify; comprehend and discuss concepts of relevance, admissibility, probative value, prejudicial risk and facts in issue
  4. Be able to analyse critically the underlying issues in the adversary system of the disciplinary, protective and reliability principles and the concept of a fair trial.

Assessment

Either research assignments (3,750 words): 50%
Moor Court participation: 40%
Class presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines major alterations in labour relations and public law, and studies the law governing employment of Government agencies officers. Main matters covered are: the common law of Crown employment; structure/management of Government services; appointment of officers, public servants and other government workers, their rights and obligations; classifications, transfers, promotions; remuneration/other benefits; grievances appeals procedures; tenure, dismissal, redundancies, redeployment, retirement; discipline and industrial action; impact of federal and state unfair dismissal statutory remedies.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination: 40%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Sources of sentencing law. The distribution of sentencing authority between the legislature, judiciary and executive arms of government. The control of sentencing discretion. The role of counsel in the sentencing hearing. Sentencing measures available to the courts. Forms of supervised and unsupervised release. Custodial measures. Federal and state legislation in the sentencing area and its relation to other sanctions such as that provided for under proceeds of crime legislation. Sentencing principles under Australian law and in relation to International tribunals such as the International Criminal Court.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should have an understanding of the legal framework within which offenders against federal and state law in Victoria are sentenced. They will recognise the non-judicial, as well as the judicial elements of sentencing, the empirical and legal bases of sentencing practice, and will have gained an understanding of the different philosophical underpinnings of the sentencing system.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
AND
One two hour open book examination (with 30 minutes reading time) 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Bruce Dyer; Mr Michael Hoyle

Notes

Synopsis

  • The desirability of takeovers and the need for regulation
  • The general scheme of regulation in Australia
  • The principal means of effecting takeovers
  • Defensive strategies and tactics
  • Compulsory acquisition
  • The regulatory structure, including the respective roles and powers of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, the Takeovers Panel and the Australian Securities Exchange
  • The means by which regulatory decisions may be challenged

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. be able to analyse the circumstances of a potential offer for a proposed target company and provide advice as to
    1. the principal means by which a takeover may be effected (and the advantages and limitations of each alternative),
    2. how to prepare for and conduct the takeover, and
    3. the defensive strategies and tactics available to the target company to oppose the takeover
  2. be familiar with the structure of regulation of takeovers in Australia including the respective roles and principal powers of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, the Takeovers Panel and the Australian Securities Exchange and the extent to which the decisions of these bodies are subject to appeal or review
  3. be able to analyse and examine critically arguments concerning the desirability and effects of takeovers and the regulation of takeovers
  4. ind that both their research skills, and their ability to construe and apply a complex statutory scheme, are enhanced.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW4171 Corporations Law or LAW7277 Advanced Corporations Law or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

The unit examines the competition provisions of the Australian Competition and Consumer legislation. Topics to be discussed include the rationale and objectives of competition law; mergers; misuse of market power; anti-competitive agreements; exclusive dealing; resale price maintenance; penalties and remedies; authorisation and notification.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  1. have an appreciation of the competing schools of thought on the objectives of competition law
  2. be able to assess when conduct substantially lessens competition
  3. have an advanced understanding of the legal principles which govern Australia's competition laws.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Research assignment (3750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit is concerned with land use controls administered by municipal councils and other planning authorities. It will firstly give the candidate a broad outline of statutory planning in Victoria and with an emphasis on urban regions, then concentrate on a number of specific issues including:

  • What considerations are relevant to the exercise of planning discretion.
  • The power to include conditions in planning permits and limitations on such power; legal responses to problems of urban sprawl.
  • Ministerial planning powers; citizens participation in the planning process; the role of the Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal.
  • Other topics depending on time and interest of class.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should:

  1. have an appreciation of the legal issues which may arise in relation to the preparation, administration and enforcement of planning instruments so as to be able to identify and find relevant principles, law and precedents, including decisions of the Planning and Environment List of the Administrative Appeals Tribunal, and to resolve such issues
  2. be equipped to advise individuals, corporations, local government and community groups of their rights and obligations under planning legislation and planning schemes
  3. have developed legal research and writing and legal argument skills by undertaking systematic research into legal policy and rules relating to the statutory planning process
  4. have developed skills of oral presentation in an interactive seminar context.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions

LAW4144


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Ingleby

Notes

Synopsis

The areas examined will include some or all of the following:

  1. Recent developments in property division including the assessment of contributions, the impact of bankruptcy reforms and procedures relating to third parties.
  2. Reforms in the area of parenting and child support.
  3. The legal implications of changes in family forms (including same-sex parenting).
  4. The prognosis for primary dispute resolution and the need for private ordering in family law.

Outcomes

This unit will require students to identify and analyse contemporary problems in family law and policy and understand how such problems have been resolved in Australia and some overseas jurisdictions. Students completing the unit will acquire a detailed knowledge of recent Australian developments in case law and legislation and current law reform proposals. They will also obtain an understanding of the theoretical and policy background to contemporary family law issues.

Assessment

Research assignment (6,750 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Kneebone

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to current issues about forced migration and human rights. Topics to be discussed include:

  • Causes of forced migration and human rights abuse, including development induced displacement, environmental degradation, decolonisation, conflict and war, globalisation of market economies, including trafficking in humans.
  • Legal categories and consequences: refugees, internally displaced persons, victims of trafficking, smuggled migrants, victims of torture, stateless people.
  • The overlap between international human rights law, refugee law and international migration law.

Outcomes

A student who has completed this unit will have the following outcomes:

  1. an understanding of the causes of forced migration and the links with human rights abuse
  2. knowledge about the legal categories of forced migrants
  3. knowledge of the significance and consequences of attributing legal status to the different categories of forced migrants
  4. the ability to critically evaluate the role of law in defining the rights of forced migrants
  5. knowledge about the institutional arrangements for protecting the rights of the different categories of forced migrants
  6. the ability to critically evaluate the role of institutions in providing protection and solutions to forced migrants
  7. knowledge about the various options and solutions for dealing with forced migration, and the ability to critically evaluate them
  8. enhanced oral and written communication skills, including the ability to conduct research and to devise a research project.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3,750 words): 50%
or
Research paper (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7026 Overview of international human rights law


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the way in which the international community is tackling existing and future environmental problems, including ozone layer depletion, climate change, destruction of biodiversity, world heritage conservation, and disposal of hazardous waste. International and Australian domestic obligations in respect of these various environmental issues will be examined. The development of international environmental law policy will be looked at as well as Australia's profile in international negotiations on environmental matters.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate:

  1. a general grasp of the historical evolution of international environmental law and policy in response to the increasingly global, transboundary nature of ecological problems
  2. an understanding of key foundational aspects of public international law which underpin international environmental law, including sovereignty, jurisdiction, territory and state responsibility
  3. an appreciation of the major sources of 'hard' and 'soft' international environmental

law, together with the underlying international law basis of same

  1. a general familiarity with the major international environmental agreements and a broad understanding of the major political conflicts surrounding such agreements
  2. a general understanding of the role of key actors and institutions in the evolution of international environmental law, including states, governmental and non-governmental organisations, multinational corporations, and international organisations such as the United Nations and the Bretton Woods Institutions
  3. have a broad understanding of the relationship between international politics and policy in the development, application and enforcement of international environmental law
  4. an understanding of Australia's role in the negotiation, settlement and implementation of international environmental agreements
  5. an ability to think critically and present a reasoned argument in relation to key developments and problems in international environmental law and policy
  6. be able to make an assessment of where international environmental law can be expected to develop in the future.

Assessment

Research paper (6,000 words): 80%
Take-home exam (1,500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Dispute resolution methods and the process of mediation. The use of simulation exercises, videos, and modelling students to gain practical skills to enable lawyers to aid their clients, particularly commercial clients, through mediation. Contrasts between mediation theory and its application in the courts.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should have:

  1. an acquaintance with and critical appreciation of the range of alternatives to litigation
  2. an understanding of the process and principles of mediation
  3. a practical understanding of the uses of mediation in Victoria

Assessment

Two simulated mediation exercises: 50%
Research paper (3750 words): 50%
OR
Take-home examination (3750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

Many international legal, political and economic issues of the day involve international organisations. This unit aims to give students an overview of international organisations and the role they play in the development of international law. The following subjects will be considered: the sources of international institutional law; the UN including the General Assembly, the Security Council, peacekeeping operations and human rights; global judicial bodies including the International Court of Justice and War Crimes Tribunals; international economic organisations including the GATT/WTO, Regional Organisations particularly APEC and finally the effectiveness of international organisations.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete the unit should have:

  1. acquired an understanding of the development and practice of international organisations and their role in developing international law
  2. an understanding of the roles, structure, functions and practice of international organisations
  3. a general knowledge of regional organisations particularly in the Asia Pacific region and the unexplored links between regional organisations and global governance
  4. examined some particular case studies which evaluate the effectiveness of international organisations and the current issues they face
  5. enhanced their presentational, legal research and legal writing skills.

Assessment

Participation in model Security Council exercise: 30%
Final examination (2 hours): 70%

Contact hours

Two 1.5 hour lectures per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

The statutory protection offered by the registered trade marks system, and the common law and equitable protection accorded through the actions of passing off and related torts. The unfair trading provisions of Part V of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) and its State counterparts. The policies and objectives underlying these different laws, and the Trade Marks Act 1995 (Cth). International and comparative aspects. The merits of developing a broader law of unfair competition or misappropriation.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. have an enhanced appreciation of the policies and objectives underlying the laws relating to the protection of trade marks and other commercial designations
  2. be in a position to comment critically on those policies and objectives and to relate them to recent legislation
  3. have developed a detailed knowledge of the subject matter that is eligible for protection under these laws, the requirements for obtaining such protection and its scope, once obtained
  4. be in a position to provide detailed and comprehensive advice to traders and other parties on their rights and liabilities under these laws
  5. have a sound understanding of the operation and application of the rules governing the international protection of trade marks and commercial designations, and some knowledge of the models of protection provided by other jurisdictions
  6. have a clear appreciation of the arguments for and against developing a broader law of unfair competition or misappropriation
  7. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Trade Mark Law (topic group C).

Assessment

Optional written assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Subject to the lecturer's approval
Take home exam (7,500 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit provides a comprehensive and critical examination of current issues relating to laws which affect public information in the possession of, or generated by, the federal and Victorian governments (including statutory authorities and municipalities). Topics covered include statutory requirements to provide reasons for decisions, public access to hearings and meetings, freedom of information, breach of confidence, public interest immunity, legal professional privilege, Crown copyright, statutory secrecy provisions and privacy.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  1. understand the close interrelationship of the diverse laws which regulate or affect public access to government information
  2. have acquired a comprehensive and up-do-date knowledge of the Commonwealth and Victorian Freedom of Information Acts, of the statutory provisions which require provision of written reasons and of the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth)
  3. have extended their basic understanding and knowledge of the legal principles and rules relating to evidentiary privilege and breach of confidence
  4. be able to critically analyse from a variety of theoretical perspectives the ways in which these various laws balance competing public and private interests involved
  5. demonstrate a capacity to conduct systematic research on some specific topic of Government and information law
  6. have an appreciation of contemporary issues of relevance to this area of law.

Assessment

Research assignment (5,250 words): 70%:
Take-home examination (2,250 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The law of intellectual property is becoming increasingly international. The TRIPs Agreement, part of the WTO framework, has forced developing and developed nations to heighten the level of intellectual property protection. In addition, a large number of specific international treaties has set high standards for national states to comply with. The process of harmonisation at the European level provides additional norms of international IP protection. Subjects treated include: copyright law and moral rights, neighbouring rights, trademark law, geographical indications, traditional cultural expressions and IP enforcement.

Outcomes

  1. To examine the bases for the international protection of intellectual property rights.
  2. To examine the evolution of new international norms in relation to intellectual property.
  3. To consider the relationship between the international protection of intellectual property rights and wider questions of international trade relations.

Assessment

Research Assignment - outline: 30%
Class presentation: 10%
Research Assignment - final (4,500 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

A program of individual research and writing on a topic pursuant to a proposal approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee. The topic may be one which does not fall within the scope of coursework subjects offered during the year or, where the topic is dealt with in such a subject, the mode of assessment in that subject may not provide the opportunity to research and write a significant paper.

Outcomes

The student successfully completing this unit should:

  1. have demonstrated the capacity to undertake independent legal research
  2. have displayed advanced analytical competence
  3. have further developed skills in the presentation of legal writing.

Assessment

Research paper (7,500 words): 100%
Please note that there is an application process for this unit, available at: http://law.monash.edu.au/current-students/enrolments/enrolment-guidelines-pg-research-units.html

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

  1. A series of classes in legal problem-solving techniques. A guide to the theory of legal argumentation and how those skills can be applied for maximum benefit in dealing with legal problems.
  2. Develop students' legal research skills with an emphasis on teaching students how these skills can be applied to produce efficient and accurate legal writing.

Students are also required to present and defend a legal submission, hence enhancing their oral presentation skills and their ability to work with others. While print sources will be referred to, a greater emphasis will be placed in the unit on teaching the new and burgeoning electronic sources together with the resources of the Internet.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have developed:

  1. an understanding of the nature of legal research
  2. an ability for undertaking independent legal research
  3. sophisticated skills in legal research techniques
  4. the ability to analyse legal problems, to apply relevant law and to argue a case (in a written and oral form) to a level appropriate for qualified legal practitioners
  5. an ability to work in groups.

Assessment

Individual Research Test: 20%
This task requires students to research a legal problem and prepare an answer within a class.
Draft professional letter, topic to be set by the lecturer: 20%
This task requires the student to demonstrate their writing skills in a practical professional context.
Group Research Topic: 60%
This task requires students to divide into groups (of 2-4 students) and research the answer to a large problem. Students are required to research and plan the topic in groups, but prepare and submit an individual answer to the problem. This exercise will require students to: research a legal issue; prepare a submission on the topic (maximum of 2,500 words, not including notes); present their paper, as a group, to the rest of the class (15 minutes); defend their paper against criticisms/comments made by the rest of the class (10 minutes). This exercise accounts for a total of 60% of the assessment for this unit, which consists of: 35% for the final paper (2,500 words), 25% for the presentation of the paper.

Contact hours

2 hours per week x 12 weeks


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Evening)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

  1. The contract of employment: the rights and obligations of employers and employees; rights in respect of unfair dismissal and redundancy, and remedies for breach.
  2. Industrial awards: the role of awards in employment relations; making awards and resolving disputes at federal level; the role of industrial tribunals; legal constraints and regulation of award making powers; enforcement; role of unions in arbitration.
  3. Collective and individual agreements under the Commonwealth Workplace Relations Act 1996; process of negotiation; legal status of such agreements; procedures for enforcement; role of unions and industrial tribunals.
  4. Legislative prescription of minimum entitlements.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. a knowledge of the law relating to employee relations in Australia, the sources of rights and obligations between employers and employees and the processes of resolving employer-employee disputes
  2. an understanding of the theoretical and philosophical bases underpinning the resolution of industrial disputes and the determination of relationships between employer and employees in Australia
  3. an appreciation of the operation in practice of the systems of dispute resolution and determination in Australia.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Class participation: 10%
Take home examination (3,000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the structure, function and powers of local government in Victoria and provides a detailed examination of the Local Government Act 1989 and other related legislation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have an understanding of:

  1. the framework for local government in the context of recent legislative developments (namely the introduction of the Local Government Act 1989)
  2. the framework of the Local Government Act 1989 in the context of other legislation affecting the powers and functions of local government
  3. the structure of local government
  4. the powers councils have to attain their objectives, purposes and functions.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

  • The Australian patent system.
  • History and rationale of the patent system.
  • The concept of invention; the requirements for patentability; patent application procedure.
  • The drafting of claims; the enforcement, maintenance and exploitation of patents, and the international patent system.
  • The relationship between patent and trade secrets protection, and the relationship between patent and plant breeders' rights protection.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. have an enhanced appreciation of the policies and objectives underlying the laws of patents and confidential information
  2. be in a position to comment critically on those policies and objectives and to relate them to current proposals for law reform
  3. have developed a detailed knowledge of the subject matter that is eligible for protection under these laws, the requirements for obtaining such protection and its scope, once obtained
  4. be in a position to provide detailed and comprehensive advice to inventors, enterprises and other persons engaged in the process of innovation on their rights and liabilities under these laws
  5. have a sound understanding of the operation and application of the rules governing the international protection of patents for inventions and allied rights
  6. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Patent Law (topic group E).

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Take-home exam (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines superannuation policy, regulation, taxation and practice in Australia. The unit will focus on the way in which superannuation funds are regulated and taxed and it will also consider a number of tax and estate planning strategies for their members.

Outcomes

On completion of this subjects students should be able to:

  1. understand the structure of different types of superannuation vehicles;
  2. understand how superannuation is regulated; and
  3. understand how superannuation investment is taxed.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Assignment (2,250 words): 30%
Take-home examination (4,500 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This Unit examines the right of employees to bargain collectively and the right of freedom of association in international law, and how those rights are reflected in the Fair Work Act 2009 and comparator jurisdictions. This examination includes the regulation of collective bargaining, secret strike ballots and the right to strike in the context of bargaining for a collective agreement; the right to belong (or not to belong) to a trade union and the right to engage in lawful industrial activities.
Comparisons will be made with laws governing collective labour rights in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.
The Unit also examines the role and functions of trade unions, the legal status of trade unions and their obligations. The role of the common law and secondary boycott provisions in the control of unlawful industrial action are also considered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of fundamental issues relating to laws governing collective labour rights in different jurisdictions (including the impact of laws which affect the right of workers to join together in trade unions and the legal status of unions, the concept of freedom of association and the role played by the legislature, the courts and international conventions in developing this concept and the concept of the right to strike and its international basis) and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems;
  2. critically evaluate abstract concepts, theories and problems in comparative labour rights theory and practice;
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse information about law governing collective labour rights in different jurisdictions to create new understandings of key developments and problems relating to collective labour rights; and
  4. interpret, communicate and present ideas and arguments relating to comparative labour rights law effectively and persuasively to specialist or non-specialist audiences and peers.

Assessment

Research assignment (5,250 words): 70%
Short in-class presentation 10%
Short paper on topic of class presentation (1500 words) 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester [in Prato they will have 36 contact hours] whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Colin Campbell

Notes

Synopsis

In this unit, students will critically examine the law of anti-discrimination in Australia. There will be a focus on the law's theoretical underpinnings, and underlying policy concerns. The unit will deal largely, although not exclusively, with Commonwealth anti-discrimination law. The latter portion of the unit will involve an examination of anti-discrimination principles in specific contexts drawn from, amongst others: the use of genetic testing to determine people's entitlement to particular benefits (such as favourable migration status); prohibitions on religious and racial vilification; same-sex marriage; and prohibitions on the wearing of religious clothing and artefacts.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit a student should have:

  1. acquired a solid understanding of anti-discrimination law in Australia
  2. be alert to, and have formed considered views with regard to, various issues arising as to the law's theoretical underpinnings and underlying policy concerns
  3. developed an in-depth appreciation of the legal position pertaining to, and policy concerns arising in respect of, the application of anti-discrimination principles to the specific contexts considered in the latter portion of the course
  4. further developed her or his legal research and writing skills as a result of undertaking the research essay which is part of the assessment in this unit.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 word): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 word): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will comprise a detailed study of Australia's defamation laws:

  1. Defamation laws as a mechanism for balancing freedom of speech and the right to reputation;
  2. Australia's current system of uniform defamation laws;
  3. The residual relevance and operation of common law principles;
  4. Comparative analysis of corresponding principles in England and the United States;
  5. Application of defamation laws to new media including the Internet;
  6. Alternatives to defamation law;
  7. Defamation law in practice, from pre-publication to trial by jury.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. understand Australia's new uniform defamation laws and how they differ from the previous regime of differing State and Territory laws
  2. have a thorough knowledge of the elements of the cause of action, the operation of defences and remedies
  3. appreciate the differences between the way in which freedom of expression is protected in Australia, England and the United States
  4. recognise the advantages and disadvantages of defamation law as a cause of action when compared to available alternatives
  5. understand the operation of choice of law principles where defamatory matter is published across multiple jurisdictions, including via the Internet
  6. develop the skills necessary to provide effective pre-publication advice
  7. have an awareness of how defamation trials are conducted from the perspective of both plaintiffs and defendants.

Assessment

One research assignment (3750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit is a general introduction to international human rights law. It is concerned with human rights standards as they exist in international law and the international mechanisms for enforcing these standards. The unit will consider a selection of specific human rights, limitations to human rights (e.g. derogation in time of emergency) and some major contemporary international human rights issues.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to

  • understand and analyse international human rights standards and evaluate mechanisms designed to enforce human rights at the international/regional level
  • explain and critically discuss the content of various human rights, such content being identified, inter alia, by reference to the case law of the UN treaty monitoring committees and regional human rights courts
  • understand and critically evaluate some of the philosophical bases of and problems with international human rights law in light of contemporary human rights issues.

Assessment

Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The national and international laws applicable to international commercial transactions including the movement of goods, people, capital and services. The sale of goods and services from Australia to a foreign country (and the financing of such a contract of sale). The transfer of technology both from and to Australia through licensing and franchising. The establishment of Australian- owned means of production abroad through direct foreign investment and international joint ventures. Legal regimes and international treaties which regulate and impact upon international business transactions. The resolution of disputes which may occur in such transactions.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, students should:

  1. have an understanding of the various views, including economic theories, concerning the rationale for and objectives of international commercial law
  2. understand the legal problems that arise from international business transactions
  3. have an understanding of the main issues that should be addressed when negotiating a contract for the international sale of goods and services, the financing of international transactions, and the transport of goods internationally
  4. understand the law dealing with international contracts of sale, including the laws dealing with international payment of goods and the law relating to the contracts of carriage and insurance of goods
  5. be familiar with the international agreements and international regimes that influence and regulate international business transactions
  6. understand the main types of structures commonly used in international business transactions, particularly those involving a transfer of technology
  7. have an understanding of the methods for resolving disputes in this area.

Assessment

Research assignment (2,250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours writing time 30 minutes reading and noting time): 70%
OR
Examination (3 hours writing time 30 minutes reading and noting time): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

36 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Introductory law courses

Co-requisites

LAW7212 for non-law LLM students or LAW7470 for JD students or equivalent

Prohibitions

LAW7028 International trade law


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to develop an understanding of the law of the European Union (EU). The unit introduces students to the history and governance of the European Union and helps them examine and understand the constitution and institutions of the EU as well as selected issues of substantive European law. The unit will introduce students to the fundamental aspects of the legal system of the European Union (incl. role of institutions, fundamental principles, law-making procedures, enforcement). Students will also gain an understanding of substantive European law through the study of e.g. the free movement of goods and workers and competition law.
This unit may be offered wholly in Prato or in Prato, followed by a study tour of key EU institutions.

Unit quota
The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  • appreciate and assess the historical development of European integration and the ideological, political and economic factors shaping this development
  • understand and explain the current constitutional structures of the EU: the composition, role and functions of the EU's main institutions, principles and procedures governing law-making, enforcement mechanisms and available judicial remedies
  • understand and analyse important areas of substantive European law, such as the single European market, and how such law relates to the basic aims and objectives of the EC/EU
  • critically discuss the interactions between the EU and national legal orders, the EU's role in the world and the most topical challenges currently facing the EU.

Assessment

Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

Topics include: sources of international refugee law and the evolution of the international regime for refugee protection; comparative implementation of the refugee definition in Europe and other jurisdictions; modification of the Refugees Convention in domestic legislation; restrictive concepts such as 'internal protection' and 'safe third country'; the development of 'complementary protection' for asylum-seekers; issues raised by regional responses and creation of 'burden sharing' arrangements between states; procedures for determination of refugee status; proposals to reformulate the refugee protection regime.

Outcomes

  1. understand the background and nature of international refugee law
  2. have detailed knowledge of the international instruments applicable to asylum seekers, including the Refugees Convention
  3. have acquired detailed knowledge of the concept of a 'refugee' under the Refugees Convention and of the various elements of the definition
  4. be able to evaluate comparative state and regional practices towards refugee applicants and application of the Refugees Convention
  5. understand and be able to evaluate measures adopted to modify and supplement the Refugees Convention
  6. have further developed legal research, writing and legal argument skills by undertaking research, into issues relating to international refugee law; and
  7. have further developed skills of oral presentation and argumentation in an interactive class context.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours writing time plus 30 minutes reading and noting time): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

36 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Monash students: LAW1100 or LAW1101; and LAW1102 or LAW1104
International/Partner Universities: General Introduction to Law.

Co-requisites

Monash students: LAW1100 or LAW1101; and LAW1102 or LAW1104
International/Partner Universities: General Introduction to Law.

Prohibitions

Monash students: LAW1100 or LAW1101; and LAW1102 or LAW1104
International/Partner Universities: General Introduction to Law.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedSunway Term 3 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

Both the structure of government and human rights guarantees - in constitutions of the Western liberal-democratic tradition - will be considered. Structure-of-government topics may include the design and function of legislatures and their component Houses; heads of state; federal division of powers; judicial power and constitutional Courts. Rights provisions to be considered will be selected from traditionally protected rights such as freedom of speech and freedom of religion. The dialogue model of rights protection pioneered in Canada will also be considered. In conclusion, attention will be devoted to the approaches to constitutional interpretation manifested by various Courts: to what extent should they strive to be loyal to the text and/or the founders' intentions?

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should
a. have a general understanding of the constitutional law and statutory framework that operate in the various countries of the Western liberal-democratic tradition;
b. possess an understanding of the various alternatives in institutional design of principal constitutional organs, and the advantages and disadvantages of each;
c. understand and be able to assess, in their societal contexts, the approaches to federalism in constitutions and court decisions from selected federal countries of the world;
d. have specific understanding of the particular rights studied, and the framework for protection established under the relevant constitutional systems;
e. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to breaches of individual rights and freedoms;
f. be in a position to assess the merits and demerits of the dialogue approach to the protection of human rights pioneered in Canada and copied in Victoria;
g. have further developed legal research and writing and legal argument skills by undertaking systematic research into legal policy, rules and procedures and comparative perspectives relating to constitutional law and individual rights;
h. have developed skills of oral presentation of legal policy, rules and argument in an interactive learning context; and
i. be able to identify and assess the broad strands in constitutional interpretation used by Courts within the western liberal-democratic tradition.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 36 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Australian Constitutional Law or its equivalent at the discretion of the Chief Examiner


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The object of this unit will be to examine the principles and practices of this area as reflected in the rules of the major arbitration institutions, the national arbitration laws (with particular emphasis on Australia) and arbitral tribunal decisions. The topics to be considered in the unit include: the nature of international arbitration, the types of arbitration, the legal framework, the agreement to arbitrate, judicial enforcement of the agreement, the powers of the tribunal and the conduct of the arbitration, the arbitral award and challenge to the award.
The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Outcomes

To make students familiar with the growing area of dispute resolution in international commerce so that they can better advise clients, both domestic and foreign. By the end of the unit, students should have a grasp of the practical aspects of arbitration - how to draft arbitration clauses, how to enforce awards and the preferred rules in a given case. In addition, through examining comparative legal material, students should develop an appreciation of international solutions to domestic problems.

Assessment

Two only of the following three options:
Assessed moot: 50%
Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)
Sunway Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

+ The current version refers to the Malaysia offering
For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

The growth of international criminal jurisdiction and the continual improvement in opportunities for legal cultures to interact with one another have led to a much greater interest, both practical and theoretical, in comparative criminal law over the last decade or so. Even within Australia, the creation of a federal Criminal Code has allowed for an even more extensive use of the possibilities inherent in federalism for comparative criminal law within the one country.
The first topic to be examined is what use can be made of comparative criminal law and the pitfalls that may be encountered in doing so.
Topics to be considered will then include: whether the criminal law should be codified, and what codification means; the role of intention in the criminal law and the different definitions of intention in various legal systems; murder, manslaughter and sexual offences (both consensual and non-consensual); crimes of omission; the prohibition of retrospective criminal offences, the right to silence, trial by jury and topics in sentencing law (including plea bargaining).
Throughout, there will be an emphasis on comparative analysis of the criminal law. Jurisdictions to be selected for comparison include the common law of some Australian States and England; statutory modifications of the common law, such as the partial abolition of the right to silence in England; common-law jurisdictions which have adopted entire criminal codes such as Canada, Malaysia, three of the Australian States and the federal jurisdiction in Australia; and civil-law countries, principally Germany but also, as materials are available, others (such as Spain).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should:

  • possess a more sophisticated understanding of the conditions under which individuals should be held morally and legally responsible for their (criminal) actions
  • have an appreciation of whether or not there may be any "fundamental principles" which underlie all criminal justice systems
  • have an understanding of the uses and abuses of comparative criminal law
  • understand the merits or otherwise of codification in both the common law and the civil law
  • understand the basic characteristics of criminal procedure under the inquisitorial and adversarial systems
  • understand the essential features of the substantive law relating to homicide in Australia and other legal systems
  • understand in greater depth the role of intention in the criminal law and the various difficulties involved in defining it
  • be able to understand the arguments for and against criminalising omissions in general and creating an offence of failure to rescue in particular
  • have a comparative appreciation of the major characteristics of the substantive law relating to sexual offences
  • understand the arguments for and against the abolition of the right to silence and the creation of retrospective criminal offences
  • possess an enhanced understanding of the options available in sentencing.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

  1. Civil law: examines the involvement of psychiatrists and psychologists in assessing mental conditions for the purposes of guardianship and civil commitment legislation and in relation to consent to treatment
  2. Psychiatrists' and psychologists' involvement in the criminal law: assessments for the purposes of law relating to fitness to stand trial, insanity, automatism, infanticide and sentencing
  3. Evidentiary issues pertaining to psychiatrists and psychologists giving expert testimony in the courtroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should possess a sophisticated understanding of:

  1. the ways in which psychiatrists and psychologists may become involved in the civil law system
  2. the ways in which the criminal law takes into account mental impairment
  3. when and why psychologists and psychiatrists may be called to give evidence in the civil and criminal courts
  4. concepts of dangerousness in the court system.

Students should also have improved their ability to:

a. engage in the theoretical analysis of policy and legal issues relating to the interplay between psychiatry, psychology and law

b. confidently participate in argument in the context of an interactive seminar

c. engage in research

d. clearly and persuasively present ideas and arguments in written form.

Assessment

Research assignment (3000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%
Take home examination (3750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit will vary so as to maintain a focus of developing significance. Topics covered may include: concepts of criminal justice, managerialism in criminal justice, juries, legal aid in the post-Dietrich era, the nature and extent of police investigative powers, gender issues in criminal justice, judicial training, recent developments in sentencing, the media and the criminal justice system, prosecution of complex criminal cases, the concept of dangerousness in the criminal justice system and miscarriages of justice.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  1. have an enhanced understanding of the administration and functioning of the criminal justice system in Victoria
  2. possess an appreciation of the ways in which the content of subjects such as evidence, criminal procedure and substantive criminal law come together in the context of a criminal trial
  3. possess a substantial practical understanding of the details of the conduct of a criminal trial in Victoria
  4. possess an enhanced capacity to evaluate from a theoretical and critical perspective aspects of the administration of the criminal justice system.

Assessment

Research assignment (5,000 words): 70%
Research assignment (2,500 words): 30%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

Australian legal and political institutions, including the institutions of government and the constitutional framework. Sources of law in Australia, including the historical origins of our legal system, common law and equity, legislation and delegated legislation and the contemporary relationship between the courts and Parliament. Legal writing including an introduction to legal terminology, an overview of the different types of writing required in the Law School and a discussion of the criteria for assessment. Case law and statutory interpretation.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students should have:

  1. developed an understanding of the legal and political institutions in Australia
  2. developed an understanding of the sources of law in Australia and the interrelationship between case law and statute law
  3. acquired an ability to read and analyse cases and an understanding of the process by which case law evolves
  4. become familiar with significant principles of statutory interpretation and acquired an ability to interpret law and an understanding of the role of judges in interpreting legislation
  5. learned how to search for and locate cases, statutory law and secondary materials in the Law Library
  6. acquired an understanding of the requirements of good legal writing, including basic matters of style
  7. met the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Legal Process and Overview of Intellectual Property (topic group A, part 1).

Assessment

Research paper (3750 words): 50% and
Examination (2 hours): 50% or
Take-home examination (3750 words): 50% (to be determined by the unit lecturer)

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Azadeh Dastyari (Trimester 1) Research ProfileResearch Profile (http://monash.edu/research/people/profiles/profile.html?sid=8388&pid=4030)Associate Professor Gaye Lansdell(Trimester 2) Research ProfileResearch Profile (http://monash.edu/research/people/profiles/profile.html?sid=2900&pid=3317)

Contact hours

24 contact hours, semi-intensive.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Legal issues such as copyright, defamation and censorship. The practical effects of legal regulation (or lack thereof) on the Internet. The nature of the Internet itself, how the different legal issues interrelate and how the application of different legal concepts may shape the future of the Internet.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should have an understanding of the internet in its various guises and what legal principles affect its use and regulation, encompassing more specifically an understanding of:

  1. the history and development of the Internet and the implications of technological convergence
  2. the architecture and governance of the Internet
  3. the applicability of traditional copyright principles to the digital environment of the internet
  4. how copyright may be infringed on the internet
  5. moral rights in the context of the internet
  6. the laws affecting content regulation and filtering
  7. privacy and security in the online context, including the issues of digital identity and authentication
  8. the regulatory framework of the Internet and its the international implications.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mr Richard Naughton

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines:

  • the legal regulatory framework under the Workplace Relations Act 1996 (Cth) and collective/individual employment agreements, contract of employment and rights/duties of employers/employees
  • obligations of receiver/manager towards employees
  • employment aspects of acquisition/merger of businesses and winding up
  • closure of business (or part), outsourcing and redundancy payments
  • management in the context of occupational safety laws and responsibilities
  • sources of companies' superannuation rights and obligations to their employees
  • protecting businesses from competition by employees/ex-employees and industrial action.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. an understanding and working knowledge of labour law which are of particular significance to corporate lawyers in carrying out their responsibilities
  2. a general understanding of the common law and statutory regulatory framework of employer and employee rights and obligations in Australian
  3. a detailed understanding of the rights and obligations of employers and employees in the context of commercial business transactions including acquisitions, mergers, insolvencies, and of commercial entities' labour law responsibilities in outsourcing and restructuring business
  4. an understanding of sources of rights and obligations of corporate directors' in superannuation and workplace health and safety, and a knowledge of protecting business from both competition by employees and ex-employees, and from industrial action
  5. an ability to understand, evaluate and apply policy arguments for and against reform of laws and practices in the corporate and labour law area and to resolve employment problems relating to corporate law.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Take-home examination (no more than 2,250 words): 30%
Research paper (4,500 words): 60%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

International humanitarian law (IHL) is a body of law that governs the conduct of armed conflict. It is established and developed to limit the effects of armed conflict, establishing protection for civilians and combatants no longer participating in the conflict. After an introduction to the concept and role of IHL, the unit examines its historical development, the body of rules and their sources, particularly the Geneva Conventions of 1949 and their Additional Protocols of 1977, and the development of IHL through the interpretation of custom by international courts and tribunals, by states and by the International Committee of the Red Cross.

Outcomes

Students will learn about the permissibility of armed conflict in international law, the way in which IHL regulates the conduct of armed conflict (eg. indentification of lawful combatants, protection of civilians and combatants, permissible weaponry, obligations and rights of peace-keeping forces, the legal and practical role of defence forces and humanitarian workers), the way in which IHL is enforced (international 'war crimes' tribunals and domestic equivalents, including the International Criminal Court) and future challenges for IHL.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research Assignment (7,500 words):100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit has two parts. It introduces students to anti-money laundering reforms brought about by the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (AML Act). It also seeks to give students a sound understanding of the legal principles involved in tracing funds that are obtained by theft or fraud (including fund obtained by fraudulent investment schemes or stolen by employees or directors of companies) and the claims at common law and equity that may be made in seeking to recover such funds. The types of civil claims covered by this course, for example, include proprietary claims (when property that is obtained by the proceeds of fraud can be traced and claimed) and personal liability of financial institutions for handling money obtained by theft or fraud.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should:

  1. have a general understanding of the various regulatory systems in place within the Australian banking and finance industry
  2. have a general understanding of the legal basis of the banker-customer relationship
  3. have a general understanding of the duty of confidentiality owed by financial institutions to customers and the erosion of that duty by reference to the AML Act, pre-trial discovery and inspection and orders for production by foreign courts
  4. gain a comprehensive understanding of the disclosure obligations imposed on financial institutions under the AML Act, the enhanced the role of Austrac, the extra-territorial operation of the AML Act, special provisions concerning designated business groups and due diligence requirements concerning correspondent banking
  5. have a good understanding of the rules regarding the tracing of funds through bank accounts and foreign jurisdictions
  6. have a good understanding of the risks to financial institutions in the course of handling money laundered through the banking system, including contractual liability, statutory liability, common law liability (conversion of cheques obtained by theft or fraud and for restitution) and equitable liability (constructive trusts)
  7. have a good understanding of specific civil claims that may be by a victim of theft or fraud against recipients of the traceable proceeds of theft or fraud, namely, for conversion of cheques, restitution of money and liability as a constructive trustee
  8. understand the legal requirements in making proprietary claims to specific property obtained through money laundered funds
  9. be able to understand, evaluate and apply legal and policy arguments in favour of reform of certain areas of law and practice insofar as they might impact on the banking and finance industry.

Assessment

Take home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research Paper (3,000 words): 40%
Class Presentation / Participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the particular legal issues and problems that arise with respect to the preparation and negotiation of contracts dealing with the licensing of technology and intellectual property. It will provide an overview of the basics of contract law. Students will then consider the specific legal principles that apply to the licensing of various forms of intellectual property.

Outcomes

The key provisions to be included in licensing contracts will be discussed, as will issues of risk management, dispute resolution and implications of different commercialisation structures. Another key focus of the unit will be effective negotiation tactics, techniques and skills.

Assessment

Licence drafting and negotiation exercise: 30%
Take-home examination (5,250 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Trade Marks and Patent Attorneys ("the Board") in relation to an overview of intellectual and industrial property. As such, it provides an overview of all aspects of intellectual and industrial property including trade marks, copyright, patents, designs, circuit layouts, plant breeders' rights and confidential information. It will also examine the major international intellectual property treaties and the relationship of intellectual and industrial property with consumer protection legislation and restrictive trade practices legislation.

Outcomes

  1. To have an understanding of the nature and objectives of the common law and statutory regimes protecting trade marks, patents, copyright, designs, confidential information, circuit layouts and plant breeders' rights.
  2. To acquire a basic knowledge of the subject matter that is eligible for protection under these laws.
  3. To provide basic advice to inventors, authors, traders and other enterprises on their rights and liabilities under these laws.
  4. To meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to an Overview of Intellectual Property (topic group A, part 2).
  5. To acquire an appreciation of the basic features of the international rules governing the protection of intellectual property.

Assessment

Take home examination (3,750 words): 50%
Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys (PSB) in relation to trade mark practice and the professional conduct of trade marks attorneys. The unit content details the process by which trade mark applications are made, opposed and registration maintained. It also deals with exploitation of registered trade mark rights via assignment, licensing and their use as security in financial transactions. It also deals with conflicts of interest and the need to maintain appropriate monitoring systems.

Emphasis is placed on the practical aspects of trade mark practice as is relevant to the practice of a registered Trade Marks Attorney. To this end, the unit places particular emphasis on the practices and procedures of the Australian Trade Marks Office. It also seeks to provide students with a practical appreciation of the practice of a Trade Marks Attorney through identification and resolution of practice and procedure issues that frequently arise when dealing with trade marks through the application process and after registration.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Trade Mark Practice (topic group D) and Professional Conduct (topic group B)
  2. acquire an understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of trade marks attorneys
  3. be able to advise clients in relation to the prosecution of trade marks applications, opposition to trade mark applications and the maintenance of registration and the means of exploiting those trade marks
  4. be able to undertake the tasks of filing and prosecuting applications for trade mark registration
  5. be able to undertake the tasks of advising a client on and filing opposition to a trade mark application, including the preparation of relevant evidence and the conduct of hearings
  6. be able to advise clients on the desirability of seeking trade mark protection
  7. be able to advise clients on alternative protection regimes in Australia (such as passing off and use of the Trade Practices Act)
  8. be able to advise clients on trade mark registration in other countries and via international conventions, including Paris convention trade mark applications, Madrid Protocol applications and European Community Trade Mark applications.

Assessment

Assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit provides a thorough study of shareholders' remedies, examining both litigious and non-litigious remedies.

Litigious remedies include: class actions and recent developments in derivative litigation, as well as oppression, winding up, alteration of the constitution, dilution of equity stakes and compulsory acquisition of minority shareholdings.

Non-litigious remedies include: the role of advance planning, drafting issues in relation to shareholders' agreements and constitutional provisions, and the scope for activism by institutional and retail shareholders in listed public companies.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed the subject will have:

  1. a thorough knowledge of the common problems experienced by members of various types of company
  2. an understanding of strategies for preventing or remedying those problems without recourse to litigation
  3. an understanding of the litigious remedies available to combat those problems
  4. an understanding of likely trends for future development of the law relating to shareholders' remedies
  5. enhanced research skills, as a result of undertaking a substantial piece of writing on an aspect of shareholders' remedies.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%:
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research assignment (7,500) words: 100%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW4174 or LAW7277 or equivalent.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mr Simon Minahan; Mr Chris Doidge

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines in detail a range of existing and emerging intellectual property issues associated with the use of the internet for domestic and commercial transactions. It will examine the particular problems of extending existing law to accommodate the digital environment and review proposals for reform. The topics covered include copyright, domain names, trade marks, passing off and patents. Given the global nature of the internet, these issues will be looked at from the domestic and international perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the particular intellectual property issues to which the Internet gives rise
  2. apply existing laws to these issues, both domestically and in an international context, and where appropriate formulate proposals for reform of that law
  3. anticipate other intellectual property issues that may arise in this context in the future and suggest options for development of laws to address those issues
  4. develop and demonstrate oral communication skills and skills of presentation of legal concepts, rules and argument in an interactive seminar context
  5. develop and demonstrate legal research and writing and legal argument skills.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

This unit focusses on the more advanced issues arising in this area and assumes that students will have a background in intellectual property, either through formal study at a graduate or undergraduate level or through practical experience.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit analyses electronic commerce law as a form of commercial law that incorporates technological innovation and reflects the globalisation of markets. A foundation for analysing specific laws is provided by introducing the idea of an emerging 'global lex mercatoria', providing an overview of the technology used in electronic commerce, introducing some basic electronic commerce business models, and comparing diverse national responses to the growth of electronic commerce. Specific laws governing electronic signatures and other identity management systems, electronic contracting, electronic payments will be analysed in light of those foundational concepts. The unit may also consider related competition and trade practices issues, consumer protection, information privacy, electronic commerce security and jurisdiction.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. understand the technical foundation of electronic commerce;
  2. understand the policy issues posed by e-commerce systems for government, business, consumers and citizens in conducting their transactions electronically;
  3. know the basic framework of laws governing electronic signatures and other identity management systems, electronic contracting, electronic payments, information privacy and information security law relevant to electronic commerce;
  4. understand the costs and benefits of using national law reform as a strategy to promote the use of electronic commerce; and
  5. have developed skills of legal research and oral presentation of legal policy, rules and argument in an interactive seminar context.

Assessment

Reseach paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the various legal, policy and governance issues relating to privacy and surveillance. Students will be required to consider the range of technological and regulatory measures that are available, or required, to deal with surveillance. They will also be given the opportunity to fully explore the relevant technology, how the different privacy and surveillance issues to which it gives rise interrelate and the application of the various regulatory mechanisms which have been designed to deal with these problems

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should have an understanding of the impact of surveillance activities on privacy and the mechanisms available to protect privacy, encompassing more specifically:

  1. an understanding of the different facets of privacy, including the distinction between privacy, secrecy and confidentiality;
  2. a detailed understanding of the mechanisms and methodologies used for surveillance, of the range of persons and entities that have an interest in such activities and of the potential impact on individuals;
  3. an understanding of how privacy and security may be compromised via surveillance activities and the legal and policy implications of privacy and security infringements;
  4. a detailed knowledge of privacy laws and their limitations as they operate in the context of modern surveillance technologies;
  5. a broad understanding of other laws which protect the privacy and security of personal information;
  6. an awareness of the implications of the relevant international regulatory frameworks, including human rights frameworks;
  7. further development of legal research and writing and legal argument skills by undertaking systematic research into legal policy, rules and procedures relating to the protection of privacy in relation to surveillance activities; and
  8. further development of skills of presentation of legal concepts, rules and argument in an interactive seminar context.

Assessment

Research Assignment (5,250 words): 70%
Take home examination (2,250 words): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides comprehensive coverage of the theory and skills of Principled Negotiation and their applications in mediation. Students will: explore a coherent and systematic framework for understanding negotiation, and its implications for a mediator's role; practise using guidelines for getting best results in negotiation, and for improving the effectiveness of mediation and related processes; practise techniques for defusing conflict within the mediation process; identify key assumptions that help define the various ADR processes available, and apply them in choosing an appropriate process for disputes; and examine practical and ethical tensions commonly faced by mediators.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. a thorough and practical understanding of the theory of principled negotiation
  2. a framework for analysing and managing all third party dispute resolution processes
  3. an ability to demonstrate advanced communication skills; (d) an appreciation of negotiation and process management objectives
  4. experience in using practical guidelines for simplifying the negotiation process and third party processes generally
  5. a range of systematic frameworks for preparation, diagnosis and creative problem solving

In addition, students should have:

  1. improved their ability to participate in debate in the context of an interactive seminar; (h) improved their ability to offer constructive feedback to peers
  2. improved their ability to clearly and persuasively present ideas and arguments in oral and written form.

Assessment

Role play (oral) assessment: 30%
Written negotiation analysis: 20%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit takes the intersection of international economic activity and international human rights as a new and crucial issue for international law and practice. Attention is focused on the human rights impacts of international trade law (particularly that which operates under the of the World Trade Organization), international investment law, the actions of global regulatory bodies such as the IMF and the World Bank, loan repayment conditions for poor states and the activities of multinational corporations.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit will be able to:

  1. understand the intersections between the international human rights regime and international economic institutions {eg, WTO, World Bank, IMF, investment tribunals, multinational corporations)
  2. understand the most relevant human rights in the context of economic globalization, including the right to development, economic social and cultural rights, and the right of political participation
  3. identify the human rights impacts of the operations of international economic actors
  4. identify the human rights obligations of international economic actors
  5. identify avenues through which human rights concerns can be raised within international economic institutions
  6. understand the notion of extraterritorial obligations between rich and poor States
  7. understand proposals for greater integration between human rights and international economic law
  8. enhance their skills in legal and written research on the above topics

Assessment

Research paper (7,000 words): 100%
Or
Two research papers (3,500 words each): 50% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

A detailed study of the Australian registered designs system. International conventions, as well as design protection in other countries. Origins and rationales, relationships with other regimes that protect products of the innovative process. Requirements for registration, the registration process and Designs Office practice. Examination of the registered rights, including their enforcement, maintenance and exploitation. Proper relationship between designs and copyright protection. Other forms of protection for designs are considered.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed this unit will:

  1. understand the origins and development of registered designs protection in Australia
  2. have a thorough knowledge of the law relating to the registration of designs and the scope and enforcement of associated rights
  3. be familiar with other legal regimes that offer protection for designs
  4. be alert to when a registered design and other intellectual property rights may co-exist in relation to the same subject matter
  5. be aware of the limitations of designs protection and proposals for reform
  6. understand the international aspects for protection of designs
  7. have the skills to apply for registration, prosecute the application and maintain registration of a design
  8. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Designs (topic group I).

Assessment

Take home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research assignment (3,000 words): 40%
Class exercise: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Consumer protection legislation is well established in Australia. The last couple of decades have, however, seen a massive global reassessment of the role of the state, with moves away from traditional 'command and control' regulation and increasing reliance on new forms of regulation and self-regulation. Globalisation has at the same time rendered traditional governmental control in some areas problematic. These trends, in turn, have produced significant shifts in the ways in which consumer interests are being protected. Moves towards self-regulation in the private sector, and corporatisation and privatisation in the public sector, have underlined the importance of establishing and monitoring corporate accountability and compliance with consumer protection obligations.

This unit will examine state and federal legislative consumer protection mechanisms, and the development, operation and monitoring of self-regulatory and industry-based mechanisms such as licence and contract conditions, Codes of Practice, Customer Charters and Standards. Seminars with the lecturer, together with a range of guest presenters, will examine the role of industry regulators, dispute resolution regimes such as industry-based Ombudsman schemes, and compliance, enforcement and monitoring mechanisms. There will also be consideration of the influence of, and importance of achieving compliance with, global consumer protection obligations, together with specific issues raised by the new information technologies.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the existing mechanisms for consumer protection in Australia
  2. an understanding of a range of methods for regulating for consumers
  3. an understanding of, and ability to evaluate, the options for protecting consumer interests and of monitoring compliance when formulating a regulatory framework
  4. an understanding of likely trends in consumer protection
  5. enhanced research skills as a result of undertaking a substantial piece of writing.

Assessment

Research assignment (5,250 words): 70%
Take-home examination: 30%
OR
Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine the existing international law that promotes/protects human rights and freedoms of indigenous peoples and locate this law within their culture and traditions. Historical and cultural perspectives. A study will be undertaken of the major international instruments that protect and promote the rights of indigenous peoples. Draft United Nations declaration will be discussed. Main focus of discussion will include definition of indigenous peoples, right of self-determination, collective as opposed to individual rights, anti-discrimination, land and resource rights, civil and political participation, rights to language and education

Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

  1. identify the key issues regarding the recognition, protection and enforcement of indigenous rights by way of international law and international fora
  2. research the major theoretical and practical issues regarding the protection of indigenous rights
  3. comment on prospect for reform on the legal rights of indigenous peoples, in the light of current legislative, judicial and political developments
  4. present written and oral analysis of complex problems involving the rights of indigenous peoples in international law.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Literature review (equivalent to 800 words): 10%
Research paper (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit comprehensively examines the operation of Australia's goods and services tax (GST). It examines the key legislation, case law and rulings in the area and focuses on the concepts of taxable supplies, GST-free supplies and input taxed supplies. The way in which the GST law applies to a range of practical commercial arrangements, such as land transactions, sales of businesses, financial transactions and imports and exports is considered in detail. Historical, comparative and policy issues relating to GST are also canvassed.

Outcomes

Students who have completed this unit will have:

  1. a solid knowledge of GST legislation and case law
  2. a broad understanding of GST policy issues
  3. an appreciation of how the GST law applies to a range of practical situations
  4. an ability to research and resolve complex GST issues.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Essay: 40%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed for students who have not studied Australian corporate law in a law school environment. It can be undertaken as a single unit. It also provides the necessary background for students wishing to undertake any of the other corporate law units in the LLM program, all of which are specialised and assume familiarity with Australian corporate law. The unit will begin by examining the history and development of Australian corporate law and theories of corporate regulation. It will then move on to examine both the internal governance of the corporation (including directors' duties and shareholders' remedies) and the relationship between the corporation and the outside world.

Outcomes

Students will gain an understanding of corporations and financial regulation, develop oral communication skills and skills of presentation of legal concepts, rules and argument in a corporate law context and develop legal research and writing and legal argument skills in this area.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination paper (3,750 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit gives students an understanding of the fundamental principles of criminal law and procedure and of the policies underlying them. The focus will be on the principles and doctrines of criminal law but students will also examine substantive State and Federal offences, such as homicide, non-fatal offences against the person, sexual offences, property offences and relevant defences and aspects of criminal procedure. The unit will satisfy the requirements of the Council of Legal Education for admission to practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this Unit students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the elements of the major substantive offence categories of non fatal offences against the person, homicide, attempts, parties to crime, offences against property and strict liability offences, together with defences to crime;
  2. a basic understanding of the structure of the criminal justice system in Victoria and the role and discretion of the police, prosecutors, defence counsel, magistrates, judges and juries in relation to the processes of the criminal law;
    1. an appreciation of the historical, political and social context of the criminal law;
    2. an ability to critically examine both the general principles of criminal liability and the use of the criminal law as a method of social control; and
    3. an informed perspective about the many legal, social, political and moral issues raised in the criminal law area; and
  3. the analytical and interpretative skills necessary for giving advice in relation to criminal law problems.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice requiring students to provide detailed advice on issues of criminal law and procedure: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Bronwyn Naylor (Trimester 1)
Mr Michael Fitzgerald (Trimester 2)
Mr Michael Fitzgerald (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

30 hours of seminar plus 6 hours of tutorials (intensive, semi-intensive or semester/trimester long, depending on the faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

LAW3300


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit gives students an understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts of tort law and of the policies underlying them. It will focus on negligence, but also examine a representative range of other civil wrongs such as intentional torts to the person, trespass to land and nuisance. The unit will also examine how the Wrongs Act 1958 (Vic) and other legislation have shaped the modern law of torts and how the law of torts relates to neighbouring areas. Students will become familiar with the role of torts law in compensating accident victims, the effect of civil liability law reform and other contemporary policy issues in the law of torts.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired the ability to analyse a factual situation and accurately identify tortious rights and obligations
  2. acquired the ability to identify remedies available under relevant legislation
  3. acquired some familiarity with the policies underlying tort law and the ability to recognise the likely future development of the law in this area
  4. further developed skills in case law analysis and statutory interpretation.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Normann Witzleb (Trimester 1)
Dr Joanna Kyriakakis (Trimester 2)
Dr Karinne Ludlow (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

LAW2200


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to basic principles of real and personal property law including: the concept of property; possession, seisin and title, adverse possession, estates in land (including successive interests); fixtures and chattels, co-ownership; legal and equitable interests in land; transfer of land and goods by gift and sale; introduction to general law, deeds and Torrens systems; and leases.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. integrate knowledge of property law principles and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems
  2. critically evaluate the social and economic purposes and effects of property law principles, using theories, broader contexts and comparative perspectives
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse property law information in standard formats to create new understandings or new applications
  4. interpret, communicate and present property law ideas effectively and persuasively to specialist and non-specialist audiences and peers.

Assessment

Research and writing exercise (2250 words): 30%; final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Assoc Prof Pam O'Connor (Trimester 1)
Dr Nicole Bieske (Trimester 2)
Dr Nicole Bieske (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7265 or LAW7428

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

LAW3400


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will give students an understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts of Australian constitutional law, State and Federal, and of the philosophy underlying them. Students will acquire the capacity to identify and analyse constitutional issues and to apply them in relevant factual contexts which they are likely to encounter in practice. The unit will examine the role of the High Court, and the trends in interpretive styles that have developed, and apply to contemporary constitutional problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a thorough understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts of Australian constitutional law, both State and Federal, including an understanding of the importance of the separation of powers and the independence of the judiciary
  2. acquired an understanding of the theoretical and practical operation of the Australian federal system and its effect on daily commercial transactions
  3. acquired an understanding of the developments in the distribution of powers within the Australian system and their likely future directions
  4. acquired some familiarity with other constitutional systems and the relevance of such systems to trade and other commercial dealings with nations under such systems
  5. further developed skills in case law analysis.

Assessment

Research essay: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Hp Lee (Trimester 1)
Ms Yee-Fui Ng (Trimester 2)
Prof Jeffrey Goldsworthy (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit gives students an understanding of the historical significance of the doctrine of equity. It will examine the increasing use by the courts of equitable doctrines in the areas of breach of confidence, fiduciary duties, unconscionable dealing, and in the development of legal remedies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of the significance of equitable doctrines and principles in the contemporary Australian legal system
  2. acquired the ability to identify the potential application of equitable doctrines within factual situations which arise in legal practice
  3. developed the ability to argue persuasively for or against the application of appropriate equitable doctrines in cases where the applicability of such doctrine may not be settled
  4. further developed skills in case law analysis.

Assessment

Research essay (2,500 - 3,000 words): 30%
Final examination (2 hours plus reading time): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Vicki Vann (Trimester 1)
Ms Vicki Vann (Trimester 2)
Ms Susan Barkehall Thomas (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7265 or LAW7428 and LAW7429

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

LAW4169, LAW4201


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This real property unit builds upon LAW7267 Principles of Property Law. The unit introduces students to rights and duties arising under proprietary interests in land owned by another viz, mortgages, easements, restrictive covenants and profits prendre. The unit also examines in detail the operation of the Torrens System of registered title to land and the provisions of the Transfer of Land Act 1958 (Vic), including: the registration process; the meaning and purpose of indefeasible title: fraud and other exceptions to indefeasibility:, the compensation provisions: the status and enforceability of unregistered interests: the caveat system: and the priority rules for both registered and unregistered interests.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. integrate knowledge of property law principles and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems
  2. critically evaluate the social and economic purposes and effects of property law principles, using theories, broader contexts and comparative perspectives
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse property law information in standard formats to create new understandings or new applications
  4. interpret, communicate and present property law ideas effectively and persuasively to specialist and non-specialist audiences and peers

Assessment

Research and writing exercise (2250 words): 30%; final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Nicole Bieske (Trimester 1)
Dr Nicole Bieske (Trimester 2)
Dr Nicole Bieske (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7079 and LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7267, LAW7428 and LAW7429 or LAW7265


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the fundamental principles and concepts of the law of trusts. It will examine the functions and constitution of trusts, trust property and objects and the duties of trustees.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired the ability to identify the appropriate circumstances in which a trust should be created and to advise as to the methods by which a trust may be created
  2. acquired the ability to advise on the proper administration of trusts
  3. acquired the ability to advise on the rights of beneficiaries and on the duties of trustees in a given factual situation
  4. further developed skills in case law analysis.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice requiring students to provide comprehensive advice to a client in a factual situation involving a trust: 30%
Final Examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Jackie Weinberg (Trimester 1)
Ms Vicki Vann (Trimester 2)
Dr David Lindsay (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7267, LAW7428 or LAW7265

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit gives students a thorough understanding of the principles of civil procedure as exemplified in the rules of the courts and associated case law. It includes examination of systems of case management operating in State and Federal courts and an introduction to forms of alternative dispute resolution practised in civil disputes. Students will also be introduced to the philosophy of civil disputes applicable in selected foreign jurisdictions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a thorough understanding of the rules of civil litigation and of the chronology of a civil dispute from the time the dispute is presented to the lawyer until the matter is ready for trial
  2. acquired an understanding of the comparative advantages and disadvantages of alternative dispute resolution and disposition by trial so that they are capable of advising a client accordingly
  3. developed an understanding of the underlying philosophy of the adversary system as applied in civil litigation and of developments such as case management
  4. be aware of the proper and improper use of procedural tactics and of the ethical obligations of a practitioner involved in civil litigation
  5. acquired some understanding of alternative systems of dispute resolution as practised in other jurisdictions.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice requiring students to advise a client on appropriate steps to be taken in a civil dispute: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Randall Kune (Trimester 1)
Ms Tania Penovic (Trimester 2)
Mr Randall Kune (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7265 or LAW7428 and LAW7429, LAW7266

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will give students a thorough understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts underlying the law of evidence, both State and Federal, together with an appreciation of the relationship between the law of evidence and the nature of a civil or criminal trial in the Australian legal system. Students will examine key concepts of the law of evidence in the context of the purposes of exclusionary rules. The unit will examine the role of technology in the trial court and the issues raised by its use for litigants and the court itself. The unit will also provide a brief introduction to the principles of evidence as applied in the courts of other jurisdictions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a thorough understanding of the rules and principles of the law of evidence
  2. developed the ability to analyse a case or factual situation and determine what evidence may be required and what evidence may be admissible
  3. acquired the ability to analyse the weight and probative value of differing forms of available evidence
  4. acquired the ability to distinguish, where applicable, between evidence which may be lead in courts in different Australian jurisdictions
  5. acquired a familiarity with the principles of the law of evidence applicable in foreign jurisdictions
  6. further developed skills in case law analysis and statutory interpretation.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice requiring students to provide detailed advice on issues of evidence arising in a civil or criminal trial: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Michael Fitzgerald (Trimester 1)
Mr Jason Harkess (Trimester 2)
Dr Martine Marich (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit gives students an understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts of administrative law at State and Federal level. It examines the underlying purposes of administrative law and the mechanisms and fora by which it is applied. The unit will analyse and interpret the relevant legislation and the decisions relating to it and will provide students with an opportunity to prepare a simulated case for presentation in a administrative tribunal. The unit will provide a brief introduction to the principles of administrative review in other jurisdictions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of the purposes and principles of administrative review at State and Federal level
  2. acquired a knowledge of the relevant legislation and the ability to interpret and apply it
  3. acquired the ability to identify administrative law issues and select appropriate remedies in a factual situation
  4. acquired a familiarity with developments in administrative law at State and Federal levels
  5. acquired a familiarity with the principles of administrative review in other jurisdictions
  6. further developed skills in statutory interpretation.

Assessment

Memorandum of Advice requiring students to prepare detailed advice on appropriate administrative law remedies in a factual situation: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Colin Campbell (Trimester 1)
Dr Adam McBeth (Trimester 2)
Prof Jeffrey Goldsworthy (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

LAW3100, LAW3101


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

An understanding of the basic law governing corporations is necessary for admission to the practice of law in Victoria. In the Master of Laws (Juris Doctor) degree, the corporations law course is divided into two compulsory units: Principles of Corporations Law (LAW7275) and Advanced Corporations Law (Law 7277).

Principles of Corporations Law focuses mainly on the principles essential to understanding the corporation and the corporate life cycle. This unit is concerned with the nature of the corporation as a separate legal entity, the role and importance of internal rules, legal aspects of financing and processes for dealing with insolvent corporations. The Unit also covers the legal principles by which corporations are bound to contracts.

The Unit considers these issues against a background of basic corporate theory and explores some of the wider implications of how corporations are regulated.

Outcomes

Principles of Corporations Law (LAW7275) aims to provide students with a thorough grounding in this important area of law and to enable them to gain familiarity with, and an understanding of, the basic principles underlying the subject.

The Unit aims also to give students practice in resolving practical problems in corporations law, in developing their research and writing skills and their ability to critically appraise the content and operation of legal principles in this area of law.

Assessment

Final examination (2 hours plus 30 minutes reading time): 70%
Assignment (2,500-3,000 words): 30%.

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Wheelwright (Trimester 1)
Ms Lisa Robinson (Trimester 2)
Assoc Prof John Duns (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the fundamental policies and concepts of taxation law, including income taxation, capital gains taxation and goods and services taxation. The unit focuses on the application of the taxation law to common commercial transactions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of the fundamental policies underlying the Australian taxation system
  2. acquired an understanding of the essential concepts of Australian taxation law
  3. acquired an appreciation of the constitutional context within which the Australian taxation system operates
  4. developed thorough familiarity with the essential provisions of relevant taxation legislation
  5. acquired an understanding of the effect of the development of technology on the taxation system
  6. further developed skills in statutory interpretation.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Corporations Law is concerned with the body of legal rules that govern the formation, management, financing and winding up of Australian corporations.

In the Masters of Laws (Juris Doctor) the Corporations Law course is divided into two units: Principles of Corporations Law LAW7275 and Advanced Corporations Law LAW7277. Together, these subjects provide students with a thorough grounding in this large and important area of law, and to enable them to gain a familiarity with, and understanding of, the basic principles underlying the subject.

This unit Advanced Corporations Law assumes that students have the basic conceptual understanding of corporations arising from their study of LAW7275. It builds on that knowledge and focuses in particular on the internal governance of the corporation, with emphasis on the duties and liabilities of directors and other corporate personnel, and shareholders' rights and remedies, both under the general law and under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

Outcomes

The Unit aims to develop in students a strong understanding of the rights and obligations of those who direct and manage the corporation, and those who invest in it. Together with LAW7252, the Unit provides a full coverage of the legal principles of Australian corporations law, in conjunction with LAW7275.

The Unit also aims to enhance students' ability to resolve problems in corporations law, to research and write effectively in this area of law and to consider and debate the law in the context of corporate theory, and taking into account the social context in which corporations operate and how the law responds to and balances the interests of a range of corporate stakeholders.

Assessment

Assignment: 30%
Examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Karen Wheelwright (Trimester 1)
Ms Lisa Robinson (Trimester 2)
Ms Lisa Robinson (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

LAW7212 or LAW7470, LAW7265 or LAW7428 and LAW7429, LAW7267, and LAW7269

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit offers a comparative study of different jurisdictional approaches to competition law in jurisdictions such as the United States, United Kingdom, European Union and/or Australia. Topics examined will include mergers, abuse of market power, restrictive trade agreements and vertical restraints.

Outcomes

This unit seeks to help students develop a critical understanding of the principles of competition law by comparing and contrasting approaches taken towards this field in key jurisdictions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marilyn Pittard

Notes

Synopsis

This unit analyses the contemporary employment and labour law issues relating to the modern workplace in the electronic era.

This unit covers the following topics:

  • The impact of the new electronic workplace on the nature of work and the traditional legal categories of worker, including the employee/contractor distinction.
  • Use of social media sites, eg, 'facebook', and various formal and informal internet sites for background checks in recruitment and discipline of employees.
  • The burgeoning of consultants, 'homework' and flexible employment arrangements and their significance.
  • Rights and responsibilities of employer and employee in a workplace transformed by new technology and electronic means and impact of the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) on right to flexible employment and working from home.
  • Changed employment rights and duties in the new contractual arrangements, including redundancy, because of the introduction of new technology, and impact of modern awards and enterprise agreements.
  • Privacy legislation and its significance in relation to the electronic workplace.
  • Employment practices and policy about emails and use of internet and the relevance of unfair dismissal laws and the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) in enforcing internet employment policy.
  • Electronic surveillance of employees and the workplace, including via social media sites, and rights and duties of employers and workers and the 'control' of employees' private lives.
  • Sexual harassment through the internet, the application of the Sex Discrimination Act 1984 (Cth) and the impact of the Equal Opportunity Act 2010 (Vic).
  • Occupational health and safety duties and rights in an electronic workplace.

Outcomes

The unit aims to:

  1. Introduce students to, and examine the legal principles relevant to, the modern workplace which has been affected by changes in information technology and electronic methods of communication.
  2. Provide an in-depth understanding of the contemporary employment and labour law issues pertaining to the workplace in the modern electronic era and to provide a forum for critiques of these issues.
  3. Enable students to resolve problems pertaining to these issues and to be aware of issues relating to law reform.

Assessment

Class participation with written report (1,000 words): 15%
and
Take home exam (1,500 words): 20%
Research assignment (5,000 words): 65%
or
Research assignment (6,500 words): 85%
(instead of take home exam and assignment, where appropriate and with the prior approval of the lecturer).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the legal issues which arise when electronic and telecommunication devices are used in the commission or facilitation of crime. Such devices allow offences to be committed on an unparalleled scale, sometimes with international ramifications, yet with greatly reduced chance of detection. They therefore present a significant challenge to investigative agencies and to conventional notions of crime and jurisdiction. Topics to be, covered include the nature of cybercrime, detection and investigation, application of existing criminal law principles, legislative responses, and jurisdictional issues.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should have an understanding of:

  1. the ways in which electronic and telecommunication devices may be used in the commission of crime
  2. the difficulties which such devices present in the detection and investigation of crime and the means which are adopted to combat these difficulties
  3. jurisdictional difficulties in determining where an offence has been committed
  4. the application of existing criminal law to cybercrimes
  5. Australian and overseas legislative responses to cybercrime.

Students should also gain:

  • enhanced research skills;
  • an enhanced ability to critically analyse and evaluate both existing law and proposed reforms;
  • interdisciplinary perspectives; and
  • enhanced skills of oral presentation

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

  • Overview of the adversary and inquisitorial systems
  • Role of the expert witness within the adversary system
  • Important and unique position of the expert witness
  • The legal and ethical context of expert evidence.

Unit topics:

  • The Nature of the Adversary System
  • The Trial Process
  • Basic Rules of Evidence
  • Legal and other Professional Ethics
  • Rules of Expert Evidence
  • Evaluation of Expert Evidence
  • Introduction to Preparation for Trial
  • Law reform and future directions

Outcomes

At the successful completion of this unit the student should be able to:

  1. compare and contrast the adversary and inquisitorial systems
  2. explain the court structure, trial process and role of the legal profession
  3. identify the ethical rules imposed on lawyers and expert qitnesses by the courts and their profession
  4. explain the rules of evidence relating to the giving of expert evidence
  5. identify areas of current law reform and likely future directions.

Assessment

The unit will be assessed as Pass or Fail only and no grades will be allocated.

There will be ongoing assessment including reflective activities, case studies, assignments and a final assessment task. Participation in the online discussion group will also be required but will not be assessed.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate of Forensic Studies.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester (extended) 2013 (Off-campus)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

  • Taking instructions
  • Analysis of materials
  • Preparing the report
  • Conferring with lawyers
  • Law reforms particularly those in the Federal Court and the NSW

Unit topics :

  • Taking instructions
  • Analysis of materials
  • Preparing the report
  • Conferencing with Lawyers
  • Law reforms.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of this unit the student should be able to:

  1. undertake a structured analysis of material with a view to giving evidence in court
  2. prepare a report which provides a suitable foundation for the giving of that evidence
  3. identify different approaches to the giving of expert evidence and explain the impact this has on analysis and preparation
  4. explain the expert's function in conferenceing with lawyers.

Assessment

The unit will be assessed as Pass or Fail only and no grades will be allocated.

There will be ongoing assessment including reflective activities, case studies, assignments and a final assessment task. Participation in the online discussion group will also be required.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate of Forensic Studies.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

  • Overview of the law relating to damages
  • Role of the expert in the assessment of damages.

Unit topics:

  • The nature of damages
  • Causation and remoteness
  • Mitigation of loss
  • Categories of damages - including Tort, Contract, Product liability, Trade Practices, equitable damages, criminal damages.
  • Measure of damages

Outcomes

At the successful completion of this unit the student should be able to:

  1. identify the basic rules of law relating to damages
  2. apply those rules of law to the assessment of damages.

Assessment

The unit will be assessed as Pass or Fail only and no grades will be allocated.

There will be ongoing assessment including reflective activities, case studies, assignments and a final assessment task. Participation in the online discussion group will also be required.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

LAW7281 and LAW7282.

Must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate of Forensic Studies.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

  1. Preparing and using materials to assist in the presentation of evidence (notes, reports and visual aids)
  2. Observing and participating in mock examination in chief, cross examination and re-examination
  3. Communicating effectively in the courtroom

Unit topics:

  • Examination in chief: use of notes, reports, and visual aids
  • Cross examination
  • Re-examination
  • Courtroom communication skills.

Outcomes

At the successful completion of this unit the student should be able to:

  1. prepare and use material to assist with courtroom presentations
  2. demonstrate appropriate behavior in examination in chief, cross examination and re-examination
  3. demonstrate effective courtroom communication skills.

Assessment

The unit will be assessed as Pass or Fail only and no grades will be allocated

The assessment activity the students will undertake is to be assessed on their performance in the mock examination in chief, cross-examination and reexamination.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Must be enrolled in Graduate Certificate of Forensic Studies.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is only available to international students.

This unit is designed to assist lawyers from non-common law and non-english speaking backgrounds to develop their basic legal research and communications skills within the Australian legal environment. By means of seminars, practical workshops and individual instruction sessions, students will be guided in the development of basic legal research skills, critical reading skills and core legal communication skills, including the skills of oral presentation and legal writing.

Outcomes

On completing this unit a student should have:

  1. a familiarity with the basic sources of law in common law jurisdictions and the methods used to locate those sources
  2. the ability to independently research legal topics for the purposes of selecting, developing and writing a legal exposition and/or critique
  3. the ability to interpret and use legal references, including those found in reading guides, footnotes, bibliographies etc
  4. improved clear and critical thinking skills
  5. improved law related english-language skills pertaining to listening, reading, discussion, note-taking and the delivery of structured oral presentations
  6. an ability to observe the main conventions of english expression, including those most relevant to regular legal discourse
  7. improved legal writing skills, particularly in the areas of structure, expression and style
  8. a familiarity with the use of word-processors as an aid in the development of legal writing skills.

Assessment

Research methods assignment(s) (2250 words): 30%
Assignment(s) (4,500 words): 60%
Short presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Leighton Morris Personal ProfilePersonal Profile (http://www.law.monash.edu/staff/lmorris.html)

Contact hours

Classes commence two weeks prior to the beginning of Semester 1 and Semester 2.
24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will explore how the international community has responded to the most heinous international crimes, such as genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, aggression, serious human rights abuses and terrorism, in the context of selected events in modern history. The successes and failures in enforcement of international crimes by States and in international tribunals and the International Criminal Court, will be considered, as will the future of international criminal justice.

Outcomes

The main objectives of the unit will be to:

  1. develop students' understanding of the application of international law regimes to these crimes, including international concepts of individual criminal responsibility and comprehension of the basic rules of international criminal law, and specific relevant areas of international humanitarian law and human rights law
  2. enable students to analyse the main definitional issues in respect of the international crimes studied and the legal regimes in which they are applied
  3. ensure students can critically analyse the extent, consistency, and adequacy of the international community's response to international crime, comparing and contrasting the variety of such responses
  4. develop students' understanding of international and internationalised criminal tribunals and the permanent international criminal court
  5. enable students to evaluate the rights of victims/survivors and other stakeholders of international crimes
  6. develop students' understanding of the differing and complex obligations of States in respect of international and domestic responses to such crimes.

Assessment

Take-home exam :50%
Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research assignment of (7,500 words): 100%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit comprises a program of legal skills teaching which runs fulltime over the first week of the PDLP Online, and includes separate sessions presented at intervals throughout the 39 week program.

In each teaching session the lecturer introduces students to the basic principles of the relevant skill. Students are then given exercises, often working in pairs, or groups, which are discussed by the whole class.

Students are also required to submit individual assessable tasks for each skill.

Assessment

Online courses 3389 and 3390: Skills individually assessed, according to the PDLP performance guides. Grades of Pass, Pass with Credit (60%), Pass with Merit (70%) used in the PDLP are used in this unit. Students must pass each assessment in order to pass the unit. The assessment tasks for each skill are: Structured Client Interviewing: simulated client interview
Advising: written plan of advice (based on instructions taken in simulated client interview)
Electronic legal research: research memorandum
Plain English letter writing: letter of advice to client and letter to opposing solicitor based on research done for electronic legal research
Drafting (litigious and non-litigious): preparation of statement of claim and formal agreement respectively
Negotiating: satisfactory participation
Mediation and Commercial ADR: satisfactory participation; Advocacy: satisfactory participation.

On campus course 2772: Skills individually assessed, according to the PDLP performance guides. Grades of Pass, Pass with Credit (60%), Pass with Merit (70%) used in the PDLP are used in this unit. Students must pass each assessment in order to pass the unit. The assessment tasks for each skill are: Drafting: completion of 7 in-course drafting assessments: 20%
Interviewing: completion of one oral interviewing exercise in the final week: 20%
Advising: completion of one oral advising exercise in the final week: 20%
Negotiation: completion of one oral negotiation exercise in the final week: 20%
Advocacy: completion of one plea in mitigation in a criminal matter in the final week: 10%
Advocacy: completion of one oral court submission in civil litigation in the final week:10%


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)The Director or Convenor, Higher Degree by Research

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The seminar will introduce students to advanced legal research techniques, empirical research, ethics in research, useful computer software, legal writing, legal publishing and contemporary theoretical approaches to law (philosophical, sociological , critical, feminist and economic). Students will be required to submit a 3000 word paper on a topic relevant to their proposed research. The seminar will also provide a forum in which students can interact in a semi-structured environment in order to test their research ideas, while contributing to the development and improvement of one another's research projects. Students will be required to present their research proposal for discussion.

Outcomes

To provide students with the intellectual and methodological skills they will need to plan, research, write and publish their thesis. In particular, to assist students in:

  1. preparing feasible research plans, which addresses research aims, assumptions, methods and possible findings
  2. thinking carefully, broadly and creatively about the best way to investigate and answer their research questions
  3. enhancing their understanding of significant issues in current legal theory and awareness of theoretical approaches relevant to their research
  4. developing a friendly peer support network for the remainder of their candidature.

Assessment

Participation in the seminar program: 20% plus 3000 word essay: 40% plus presentation of research proposal: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The SJD seminar will be taught intensively in one or two blocks of time during the year. Students will be required to attend most of the sessions.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor The Hon. George Hampel, QC

Notes

Synopsis

The unit will develop a deeper theoretical understanding by students of the essential role of advocacy in the adversary system. It will enable students to better appreciate the way in which cases evolve through the courts and how the factual and evidentiary foundation relates to the legal results. Students will better understand the nature of the skills which are required of advocates, their ethical obligations and the importance of the advocate's role in the courts decision making process. This will be of benefit not only to students who are contemplating practice at the Bar, or as solicitor advocates, but also to those who will work in litigation and other dispute resolution.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. assess the strengths and weaknesses of their, and their opponent's, case
  2. integrate analysis of facts, evidence and substantive law to develop and write a consistent case theory and strategy required in a contested trial
  3. prepare for each stage of the trial process
  4. demonstrate understanding of the trial process through the application of forensic skills of examination in chief, cross-examination, re-examination and addresses in an ethical manner
  5. identify evidentiary issues and take and oppose evidentiary objections
  6. prepare a structured written summary of argument
  7. present a persuasive first instance and appellate legal argument
  8. demonstrate effective verbal and non verbal communication skills in the courtroom
  9. evaluate and critique advocacy skills in accordance with criteria established by the Australian Advocacy Institute.

Assessment

Written plans/articulation of case theory for workshop exercises: 10%
Written summary of argument: 10%
Compulsory class attendance and participation: pass/fail
Advocacy trial performance (videotaped): 30%
Other set advocacy performances (videotaped): 25%
Written reflective report: 25%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

The unit is aimed at law graduates. Students with a non-Australian law degree will be required to demonstrate knowledge equivalent to:

LAW 1100 or LAW7212
LAW3300 and LAW3302 or LAW7264
LAW5159 or LAW7273
LAW 5104 or LAW7272

Students can undertake the unit as a Master of Laws (Juris Doctor) unit, LLM elective unit or as a single unit enrolment.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the criminal liability of corporations and what is broadly described as 'white collar crime'; that is, crime which is committed in an occupational context. The unit will begin with criminological perspectives on the nature of white collar and corporate crime. The place of criminal liability in the overall scheme of commercial regulation will then be examined, including discussion of the rationales behind imposing liability on corporations and/or individuals, and whether that liability should be civil or criminal. The role of specialist agencies will also be discussed, together with procedural issues associated with white collar and corporate crime.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to demonstrate their understanding of:

  1. the nature of corporate and white collar crime, their rationales and their role in commercial regulation
  2. the regulatory environment in which criminal liability is imposed, including the role of specialist agencies, the nature of civil penalties and some of the procedural difficulties associated with prosecuting corporate and white collar crimes
  3. the principal models of criminal liability which apply to corporations and their interrelationship with individual liability
  4. the sentencing of white collar offenders and sentencing options which are available in relation to corporate offenders
  5. the role that criminal liability may play in the regulation of workplace safety and in preventing corporate abuse of human rights.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Evening)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The unit provides a thorough study of the law and practice of corporate governance in an international setting but with particular reference to Australia. It covers general concepts of corporate governance, focusing on the legal core, including the area of directors' duties. It builds upon the area of self regulation and other contemporary issues. Principal topics include: the concept of corporate governance; overview of the current framework of corporate governance and the role, duties and powers of directors, managers and shareholders; a specific examination of major duties of directors and recommendations for reform; duties of good faith, care and diligence.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have achieved the following broad learning objectives:

  1. a good understanding the law relating to corporate governance including the rights, powers and duties of directors, managers and auditors
  2. knowledge of legal and self regulation of corporate governance
  3. a knowledge of current reform proposals; an awareness of law-and-economics perspective; and an introduction to comparative corporate law.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW4171 Corporations Law OR LAW7277 Advanced Corporations Law (or equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit addresses the role of expert witnesses, their reports and their testimony in criminal, civil and family law litigation. The focus of the unit is on the accountability of expert opinions and the effectiveness of the examination. It will scrutinise the common law and legislative exclusionary rules of expert evidence and the rules of procedure that relate to the admissibility of expert evidence. It will address issues of 'property in witnesses', bias, court rules, confidentiality, privilege, ethics, payment and selection of forensic experts. In addition, the unit will explore the role and impact of expert evidence in a range of different forms of litigation.

Outcomes

At the conclusion of this unit, students should have gained:

  1. an understanding of the role of expert evidence in litigation
  2. an appreciation of exclusionary rules of expert evidence and relevant court rules
  3. a capacity to contextualise Australian law within international developments
  4. an awareness of contemporary issues relating to the use of expert witnesses in the criminal, personal injury, commercial and family law areas of litigation
  5. an understanding of the dilemmas posed by expert evidence within the evolving litigation framework
  6. an appreciation of the dynamics within which opinions are evaluated by courts and tribunals
  7. an understanding of issues of confidentiality, partisanship, property in experts, codes of ethics in relation to expert witnesses
  8. an understanding of particular issues in relation to medical, mental health, accounting, valuation and scientific evidence.

Assessment

Take home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research assignment (3,000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%
or
Assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit identifies important and contemporary issues in intellectual property law that arise in response to changes in law and technology, international developments and business and other practices. Complex issues which are not covered in units such as Overview of Intellectual Property will be explored at an advanced level and will be drawn from a selection of the principal areas of intellectual property law, including trade marks, copyright, patents, designs, circuit layouts and confidential information. The selection of current issues will incorporate comparative aspects where relevant and may include contemporary complex and controversial developments in Australian jurisprudence.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed the unit will:

  1. have a detailed knowledge of the law relating to the specific topics that are selected for analysis
  2. have a thorough understanding of the wider legal, economic and social dimensions associated with those specific topics
  3. be aware of the limitations of the current law that applies to the relevant issue and of proposals for reform
  4. understand the relevant issues from a selected comparative perspective
  5. understand the international aspects that relate to the particular issues.

Assessment

Research Assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Marilyn Pittard

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine significant and contemporary issues in employment and labour relations law that arise in response to changes in legislation. Key court decisions, international developments, and government-, business- and union-driven approaches. Comparative aspects, where relevant, will illuminate the issues selected, and areas of law reform will also be discussed. The unit has a contemporary nature and current issues will be the focus. The content of the unit may vary each time it is offered.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a detailed knowledge of the law relating to the specific topics that are selected for analysis
  2. have a thorough understanding of the wider legal, economic and social dimensions associated with those specific topics
  3. be aware of the limitations of the current law that applies to the relevant issue and of proposals for reform
  4. understand the relevant issues from a selected comparative perspective
  5. understand the international aspects that relate to the particular issues.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
or
Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Securing the protection and promotion of the human rights of women remains a challenge in the 21st century. Notwithstanding the significant advances in international human rights norms relating to women, systemic discrimination and inequality are part of everyday life for many women in the world. Moreover, securing human rights for women is proving more difficult than for men in many areas, particularly because of traditional stereotypes and cultural practices. Additionally, many human rights abuses relate solely to, or impact more significantly on, women, such as, violence, human trafficking, and female genital mutilation.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. appreciate the historical development of women's human rights within the broader international human rights movement
  2. understand, analyse and critically comment on the theoretical debates about securing the human rights of women, including debates about discrimination, equality, the public-private divide, cultural relativism and mainstreaming human rights
  3. understand, analyse and critically comment on the international approaches to securing the human rights of women
  4. evaluate the impact and challenges of cultural practices on the realisation of women's human rights
  5. have a comprehensive understanding of the international human rights obligations and standards pertaining to women, including relevant international treaties, customary international law and the domestic means of implementing international norms
  6. have a comprehensive understanding of the international human rights system as it relates to the protection and promotion of women
  7. have a comprehensive understanding of the mechanisms for enforcing the human rights of women.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research paper (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit offers advanced skills training in the related disciplines of negotiation and mediation as they apply in the legal context. Whereas the prerequisite unit, LAW 7251, canvassed the foundational insights of the Principled Negotiation and Principled Mediation models developed at the Harvard Law School, this unit extends the application of these frameworks to situations of high-level conflict and complexity and explores other models of mediation. To do this, a range of advanced-level concepts and practical tools will be introduced.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the subject students should have:

  1. an understanding of the psychology of human behaviour, particularly in circumstances of stalemate and conflict
  2. an ability to apply sophisticated relationship management strategies to resolve deadlocks arising from damaged relationships in negotiation or mediation
  3. an ability to use an 'option generation' tool for overcoming stalemates that result from conflicting substantive positions
  4. an understanding of how the behavioural model applies when communicating and an ability to use this understanding to persuade counterparts across cultural and emotional barriers
  5. an ability to effectively structure and facilitate multi-party or multi-issue negotiations and mediations
  6. a critical understanding of, and practical skills in applying, a range of distinctive models of mediation (eg. facilitative, evaluative, settlement, and transformative), drawing on the combined theory of the prerequisite unit and this proposed unit
  7. an understanding of how the behavioural model and related tools apply to topical issues in mediation and negotiation (eg. mediation in specific fields, co-mediation models, the impact of various mediation styles, and the application of hybrid forms of mediation).

Assessment

Practical skills role-play (videotaped), plus a written review of assessment role-play (750 words): 30%
Group presentation: 20%
Essay (3750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

Prerequisites

LAW 7251 or LAW 4160. Applications may be accepted in exceptional circumstances from students who can demonstrate understanding of the concepts and skills covered in these courses (ie. the 7 Element theory of Principled Negotiation and its application to mediation).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the area of regulatory studies. It examines the wide ranging conceptual nature of regulation, its history and the justifications for control, through regulation of both state and non-state origin. It articulates a range of useful constructs for regulatory activities and provides frameworks for better understanding regulatory mechanisms, processes for regulatory development, review and reform, and regulatory institutions.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the wide nature of what may be considered regulation.
  2. Understand the reasons behind regulation, and the historical context of such activities.
  3. Understand some of the major regulatory institutions.
  4. Understand the variety of different strategies and techniques which may be used in regulation, and their juridical nature.
  5. Explore the role of government in regulation, its development processes, and policy context.
  6. Understand global dimensions of regulation.

Assessment

Essay (2,250 words): 30%
Essay (4,500 words): 60%
Participation (throughout): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit will contribute to achievement of a clear understanding of regulatory processes, regulatory design, regulatory style, regulatory problems and regulatory reform in a mixed economy. It will encompass a wide range of relevant regulatory cases. The unit will enable students to achieve a more advanced and detailed knowledge of regulatory process from an interdisciplinary perspective.

This unit is intended to provide a foundation for the understanding of the regulatory process. It focuses on regulatory design: how to identify regulatory problems, how to respond to them, legally, economically and politically and how to assess them in legal, political and social terms.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. explain the role of government in regulation
  2. understand the politics of regulation
  3. evaluate the role of regulatory institutions in the choice of regulatory method and the nature and effectiveness of regulatory process and in regulatory politics
  4. critique the main values against which regulatory methods and process might or should be assessed.

Assessment

Written essay (1,500 words): 20%
Written essay (6,000 words): 80%

Contact hours

24 hours total per semester, either intensive or semi-intensive


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the range of instruments which can be used by regulators to obtain compliance. While it mixes theory and practice, it is oriented towards the practical application of regulatory methods and examines their strengths and weaknesses, the empirical evidence as to their effectiveness and the dangers in their use. Topics include:

  • Regulation and regulatory design
  • State regulation vs social regulation
  • Taxonomies of regulatory methods
  • Input vs output-based regulation
  • Rewards and incentives
  • Choosing the best methods
  • Ordering methods
  • Regulatory impact statements
  • Trust, technology and information
  • Economic, market and private regulation

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. understand the concept of regulatory design
  2. understand the taxonomies of regulation
  3. understand the major techniques of regulation and the tools available to implement them
  4. develop competence to critically identify the strengths and weaknesses of the regulatory techniques identified
  5. understand the main values against which regulatory methods and processes might or should be addressed
  6. understand why and how regulatory methods fail.

Assessment

Written essay (1,500 words): 20%
Written essay (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will contribute to the achievement of a clear understanding of regulatory frameworks and processes, and the range of evaluation models adopted when assessing regulation in a political economy. It will also encompass a wide range of cases relevant to regulation. The unit will enable students to achieve a more advanced and detailed knowledge of evaluation frameworks. The inclusion of economic, policy and quantitative evaluation methods will add interdisciplinary perspectives.
This unit introduces regulatory scholars to the evaluation of regulatory outcomes through various methods applied to date.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify common evaluation methods and frameworks applied to the regulatory domain
  2. explain the role of regulatory evaluation in a political economy and regulatory policy context
  3. explain major features of simple economic evaluation models relevant to regulation
  4. compare a range of evaluative techniques applicable to regulation
  5. analyse and evaluate a range of relevant qualitative and quantitative case studies which apply to the regulatory domain.

Assessment

Regulation case study (3,375 words): 45%
Research assignment (3,375 words): 45%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This course provides an overview of economic, social and cultural (ESC) rights, both in international human rights law and in a comparative law. It will examine both the theoretical debates raised by the emergence of ESC rights, and the practical issues confronting monitoring bodies and advocates. The course is divided in three parts. First, it will explore the origins of ESC rights and how they have been approached by competing theories about the relationships between the State and the market. Second, it will discuss the status of ESC rights and corresponding State obligations. The right to adequate food shall serve as the main illustration, but other rights, such as the right to education and the right to housing, shall also be discussed. The existence of obligations across boundaries regarding ESC rights (eg duties owed by rich States to the people of poor States) will also be discussed. Third, it will examine the monitoring of ESC rights, both at national level and through regional or international courts of quasi-judicial bodies. Particular attention will be paid to the question of the justiciability of ESC rights, and to the various theories that have been forward to assess the content of the obligation of "progressive realization" of ESC rights, and the role of indicators and benchmarks in such an assessment.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should understand and be able to critically analyse, research and apply the following knowledge:

  • the theories, history, politics and practice of ESC rights as part of international human rights law;
  • the role of domestic courts and other national actors in monitoring ESC rights at the State level;
  • the tools that regional organisations and the United Nations have developed to monitor ESC rights;
  • the role ESC rights play in the debates concerning the North-South divide and the duties of international development and cooperation of the rich States towards the poorer States;
  • the role of benchmarks and indicators in monitoring progress in the fulfillment of ESC rights;
  • be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to economic, social or cultural rights;
  • further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of economic, social or cultural rights; and
  • further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

One or two presentations during the course (preparation of a case or of a doctrinal study, depending on numbers) and class participation: 20%
One essay (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The first years of the new millennium have seen an intense focus on the issue of global terrorism as a result of the attacks on the United States in 2001 and the subsequent 'war on terror'. This campaign is multi-faceted and includes police actions, military campaigns and the enactment of stringent anti-terrorism legislation. There has been widespread concern about the human rights impact of these actions, from the alleged torture and indefinite detention of suspected terrorists to tough anti-terrorism laws, such as those enacted in Australia, the UK, and the USA.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have a comprehensive understanding of international, comparative and local approaches to combating terrorism, both in a historical context and in response to the post September 11 'war on terror'
  2. have a comprehensive understanding of international, comparative and local anti-terrorism laws
  3. be able to analyse and critically comment on the international and domestic human rights implications of anti-terrorism laws
  4. have a comprehensive understanding of the relationship between international criminal law, international humanitarian law and international human rights law as they relate to terrorism and counter-terrorism laws and practices
  5. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the theoretical and policy debates regarding the balance between combating terrorism and upholding international human rights law
  6. be able to analyse the extent to which Australia's domestic anti-terrorism laws are consistent with international and domestic human rights law
  7. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of Australian laws and structures relating to the human rights of those suspected of committing, or charged with, terrorism offences
  8. be able to analyse and compare anti-terrorism laws enacted in key domestic jurisdictions, including Australia, the United States and the United Kingdom
  9. have a comprehensive understanding of the international human rights obligations and standards, and the system for monitoring and enforcement thereof, pertaining to terrorism and anti-terrorism laws
  10. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to terrorism and human rights
  11. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of terrorism and human rights
  12. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research paper (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides a comprehensive introduction to legal and policy issues relating to the regulation of electronic communications in Australia. The unit deals with three separate areas of regulation: regulation of broadcasting services; regulation of telecommunications networks and services; and regulation of the radio frequency spectrum. A general understanding of each of these areas, and their inter-relationship, is necessary for anyone providing advice to communications enterprises in Australia, including telecommunications carriers, Internet Service Providers (ISPs), broadcasters, Pay TV operators and content providers.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should have:

  1. an understanding of the objectives of broadcasting, telecommunications and radio communications law and regulation
  2. a detailed understanding of the legislation governing electronic communications in Australia, including the Broadcasting Services Act 1992 (Cth), Telecommunications Act 1997 (Cth), Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) (Parts XIB and XIC), and Radio communications Act 1992 (Cth)
  3. a detailed understanding of the institutional framework for regulating broadcasting, telecommunications and the radio frequency spectrum in Australia
  4. a good understanding of the challenges posed by technological change for regulatory policies and frameworks
  5. an ability to place Australian regulatory and policy developments within the context of international and comparative developments
  6. proficiency in analysing communications law issues and advising communications enterprises in relation to the legal and policy issues that apply to the regulation of electronic communications in Australia.

Assessment

Research paper (3750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines the development, operation, and regulation of contemporary international financial system and markets. It also examines the transactions that are conducted within those financial markets, how the transactions are structured, the potential legal problems and how they can be overcome or managed.

The major national markets of the United States, Europe, Australia and other countries will be considered, as will the important areas of international financial regulation and policy concerning infrastructure, including capital adequacy, clearance and settlement, foreign exchange and payment systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have an understanding of the principal financial markets of the world and their interrelation one with another
  2. have an understanding of the historical development of those markets, and inherent weaknesses
  3. have an understanding of the various views, including economic theories, concerning the rationales for and objectives of regulating activities of those markets
  4. understand the legal problems arising from international and national financial regulation
  5. have an understanding of the regulatory options facing the international financial regulation system as a system, and emerging markets nations individually
  6. be able to critically analyse and evaluate the operations of, and consequences of the activities in international financial markets
  7. be familiar with the international agreements, regimes and institutions that influence and regulate international financial transactions
  8. understand the main issues that should be addressed when negotiating a contract for the provision of international financial accommodation
  9. have an understanding of the national and international legal structures and principles dealing with, and governing, international financial instruments
  10. understand the main types of structures used in international financial instruments
  11. have an appreciation of the unresolved legal issues in international financial transactions, and the range of potential solutions to them.

Assessment

Written research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hrs of seminars/semester

Prerequisites

There are no specific prerequisites or co-requisites, but a sound knowledge of commercial law of at least one jurisdiction is desirable.

Prohibitions

Students of this unit are prohibited from taking LAW4188 and vice versa.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

As globalisation has gathered pace, Australian, regional and international energy markets have experienced significant economic and structural transformations. These changes have been accompanied by significant legal and policy developments, reflecting growing worldwide concerns over diminishing global supplies of traditional fossil fuel resources, cost and price fluctuations, security of energy supply, environmental hazards of fossil fuel production and consumption (e.g. sustainable development, climate change and marine pollution) and a variety of human rights matters issues (e.g. corporate responsibility and indigenous peoples' rights to and over natural resources).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should have an appreciation of domestic and international energy markets and the global importance of energy, together with a broad understanding of various multidisciplinary aspects of energy markets such as price, cost, security of supply, environmental damage and international and internal armed conflict. Students should also have a comprehensive understanding of, inter alia:

  1. various energy sectors in Australia, relevant sources of energy law for each sector and the impact of constitutional constraints on the energy sector
  2. historical development of the national energy market (electricity and gas) and the policy decision making, governance arrangements and legislative and regulatory framework of the nascent Australian Energy Market
  3. regulatory functions, obligations, responsibilities and/or participatory rights and benefits of key stakeholders in the Australian Energy Market
  4. adverse impact of energy production and consumption on the environment, in particular greenhouse gas emissions
  5. various domestic, supranational and international legislative and regulatory responses to dealing with environmental harm, such as emissions trading systems and changing the fuel mix towards renewable energies and/or nuclear power.

Assessment

Research paper (6,000 words): 80%
Class presentation on major research paper: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit studies how Australia allocates and protects its most crucial natural resource - water. The emphasis is on current regulatory arrangements, although key aspects of the history of water development and politics in Australia are also examined. The approach taken is both legal and policy-oriented with significant elements of critique.

Outcomes

After successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a sound understanding of the principal legal and policy instruments generally applied to the management of water resources in Australia
  2. be able to coherently explain the legal aspects of water resources management at different scales, including current frameworks aimed at ensuring efficient allocation of water in Australia, whilst paying due attention to the technical and scientific context
  3. be able to provide a historically informed and analytically well-grounded description of institutional arrangements for water resource management in Australia, with a particular emphasis on the interaction between Federal/State and public/private arrangements
  4. be able to coherently critique the main elements of the regulatory arrangements governing the management of water resources in Australia, including the inherent tensions and difficulties within these arrangements
  5. have a sound understanding of the legal aspects of undertaking balanced decision-making with respect to the allocation of water resources in Australia
  6. be familiar with the mainstream theoretical debates within the policy arenas most relevant to water resource management generally and in Australia
  7. be able to use a mixture of legal and other regulatory insights to provide a basic level of sound and informed regulatory advice to higher level decision-makers in the water resources and natural resource management sector generally.

Assessment

Essay (1,500 words): 20%
Assignment (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine:

  • the main features of WTO law;
  • the WTO in its historical and legal context;
  • the WTO's institutional structure and decision making and negotiating processes;
  • a number of the key WTO agreements in more detail; and
  • the rules governing trade in goods and services in the WTO, in particular the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994 (GATT 1994) and the General

Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), including national treatment, MFN treatment, tariff schedules, market access and key exceptions to the national treatment principle such as public morals, health and environment.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be familiar with the history of the GATT and WTO and ongoing negotiations
  2. understand the legal framework of the WTO, including the relationship between the various agreements, the relationship between the WTO agreements and national laws, and the dispute settlement process
  3. understand the tensions that may arise between WTO objectives and other objectives in national or international law, and how these tensions may be resolved
  4. be able to interpret and apply certain key WTO agreements, including advocating a particular position in a given hypothetical, potential or past case
  5. be familiar with major WTO dispute settlement decisions regarding these WTO agreements, and be able to assess these decisions critically.

Assessment

Take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%
Research assignment (4,500 words): 60%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine issues such as the rights of the disabled at work, the rights of older workers, compulsory retirement age, flexible working practices, the right to return to work/part time work from maternity leave, sex, race and other types of discrimination at the workplace, right not to be sexually harassed at work, and the right to join, or not join, a trade union.

This unit studies Federal and Victorian legislation which have brought into the workplace anti-discrimination rights issues explored by international human rights covenants and conventions. The unit explores issues including whether human rights are inherent; the social, industrial and legal context of anti-discrimination law; the historical development of anti-discrimination statutes in the Federal and Victorian systems; the use of the external affairs Constitutional power; how well the legislation protects human rights in the workplace; values, culture, equal opportunity, anti-discrimination and affirmative action; the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act 2006 and Victorian and Federal law reform; and the impact of the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) on workplace discrimination and freedom of association.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should have acquired:

  1. knowledge of the law relating to anti-discrimination, equal opportunity and harassment in the workplace at federal level in Australia and an understanding of the theoretical and philosophical bases underpinning the legislation
  2. knowledge of the role of state laws including the Victorian Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act in anti-discrimination and human rights in the workplace
  3. knowledge of the operation in practice of the law of anti-discrimination and an ability to apply the law to workplace anti-discrimination problems
  4. an understanding of the current and potential issues facing anti-discrimination law and practice in Australia, informed where relevant by international developments.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer where a student has experience in the practice of anti-discrimination law, assessment may be one research assignment (7,500 words) for 100% of the marks.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions

Students who have successfully completed LAW7129 Law and Discrimination are prohibited from undertaking this unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit investigates privatisation as a family of policies and practices within both modern and developing states. It also examines the crucial role played by regulation in governing privatised arrangements. Historical aspects of State-owned enterprise and traditional governance arrangements are explored, along with more recent privatisation trends and regulatory phenomena. A range of theoretical underpinnings for privatisation and regulation are investigated. Components include enterprise sales, contracting-out public sector services, public-private partnerships and private sector development strategy, with case studies drawn from developing countries and western liberal economies.

Outcomes

Upon completion of the unit, students will be able to:

  1. understand the changing role of the state
  2. define the privatisation family of policies and their place within state governance
  3. outline the task of regulating state-owned enterprise, including aspects of history, debates, trends and issues
  4. identify theories and political underpinnings relevant to privatization and associated regulatory arrangements
  5. analyse a range of privatisation modes including; contracting-out of government services, enterprise sales, public-private partnerships and private sector development strategies
  6. articulate contemporary debates on privatization and regulation and understand the crucial role played now by regulatory arrangements in the privatised state
  7. distinguish elements of accountability in the re-regulated state.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Case study (3,000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the course will be provided with 24 contact hours of lectures/seminars per semester. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and undertake additional research and reading as applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Any two of the prescribed core units in the Master of Regulatory Studies and the Graduate Diploma in Regulatory Studies, or subject to approval of the LLM course convenor.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Paula Gerber

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

Protecting the rights of minorities, marginalised and vulnerable persons is probably the most overlooked and disregarded area of human rights law. Minority groups are generally marginalised by society, making them easy to ignore. Since minorities only ever represent a small percentage of the population they lack the critical mass that is often needed to successfully assert human rights claims. Furthermore minorities themselves are often antagonistic towards each other - religious minorities are unlikely to join forces with sexual minorities, or disabled people with linguistic minorities - with the result that they remain sectors of society that are easily repressed.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the theoretical debates about what it means to take a rights based approach to issues concerning ethnic, linguistic, religious and sexual minorities and persons with disabilities
  2. have a comprehensive understanding of, and be able to analyse and critically comment on international, regional and local approaches to minority rights
  3. be able to critically assess the strengths and weaknesses of the UN processes for protecting minority rights
  4. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of Australian laws and structures relating to protecting the rights of minorities at both the state and federal levels
  5. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to minority rights
  6. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of the rights of minorities
  7. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

Research assignment (6,000 words): 80%
Research poster: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students an understanding of the legal profession in its historical and societal contexts, the significance of being a profession and the organisation, structure and regulation of the legal profession in Victoria. The unit will examine critically the role of lawyers in the Australian legal system.

Outcomes

On completing the unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the nature of a profession and the privileges and obligations of being a member of a profession
  2. understand legal practitioners' obligations as trustees of client money
  3. appreciate some current issues and future challenges confronting the legal profession and have reasoned opinions about them
  4. understand how the legal profession is organised and regulated in Victoria and implications of current reforms
  5. understand the ethical and professional obligations of lawyers with respect to clients, the courts, other practitioners, third parties and the community generally
  6. be able to identify ethical issues that arise in the context of legal practice
  7. understand how to resolve ethical issues in accordance with the principles and rules of professional conduct
  8. appreciate the role of personal moral values in professional conduct
  9. understand practitioners' obligations to provide information to clients and in charging legal costs
  10. appreciate the role of lawyers in the Australian state and society.

Assessment

Research essay 30%
Examination 70%.

Chief examiner(s)

Prof Christine Parker (Trimester 1)
Mr Jamie Walvisch (Trimester 2)
Ms Rachel Chrapot (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will allow students to acquire knowledge and understanding of a specialist, and increasingly important, area of the law. The unit begins with a critical analysis of the different types of contracts and project delivery methods used by the Australian construction industry, ranging from traditional to alternative. Second, students explore the problem areas that can lead to conflicts during the course of construction projects and the resultant legal ramifications and insurance issues.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be familiar with the different types of contracts used on construction projects and the pros and cons of each
  2. be able to identify the issues that impact on construction projects such as variations, latent defects, delays and defective works and the legal ramifications of each
  3. understand the broad range of dispute avoidance and management options available and their relationship to judicial and arbitral processes
  4. recognise the different types of insurance required for construction projects and be able to critically assess the contractual provisions relevant to them
  5. have knowledge of the various statutes and regulations governing the construction industry
  6. be able to write clearly, concisely and logically on issues relating to construction law.

Assessment

Assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This course aims at providing an introduction to the Victorian Charter of Rights and Responsibilities through analysis of how bills of rights have been grafted into constitutional and administrative law in comparable overseas jurisdiction. This exercise is particularly significant to a Victorian context, given that the Victorian Charter has borrowed heavily from legal techniques developed in overseas jurisdictions for securing fundamental rights protection. The course therefore provides not only invaluable experience in the comparative method in the context of human rights law, but also important insight into the genesis of core principles of the Victorian Charter.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  1. have a sound understanding of the content of and case law under the domestic bills of rights in Victoria
  2. have the ability to compare the implementation of bills of rights in Australia with those of other countries, particularly the UK, New Zealand and Canada.
  3. have a sound understanding of the history and processes behind the "Europeanisation" of United Kingdom human rights law, and its relationship with common law protection
  4. understand in detail the technique of incorporation of the European Convention of Human Rights under the United Kingdom law Human Rights Act 1998 (UK), and its place in the United Kingdom Constitution
  5. understand the human rights jurisdiction of the European Court of Justice in Luxembourg, and how it is applied under United Kingdom law
  6. assess the extent to which, in key substantive fields, Australian and United Kingdom human rights law have come to diverge due to the influence of "Europe" on the latter.

Particular reference will be made to the Victorian Charter of Rights and Responsibilities

  1. understand how the Bill of Rights Act 1990 (NZ) has secured the implementation of the ICCPR under New Zealand law
  2. understand the extent to which the Bill of Rights Act 1990 (NZ) has impacted on New Zealand public law, with a particular emphasis on remedies and the principle of proportionality
  3. understand how the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms has secured human rights enforcement in Canada.
  4. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to bills of rights
  5. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of bills of rights
  6. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

Research paper (7,500 words): 100%
OR
Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Graeme Hodge

Notes

Synopsis

This unit introduces regulatory scholars to the arena of the professions. The unit covers a range of professional regulation frameworks and models and introduces regulatory methodologies through case studies, readings, critical analyses and discussions on current professional regulation issues. In each instance, both the professional regulation model and the effectiveness of these contributions made to understanding effectiveness are investigated. A range of professional regulation case studies are undertaken.

Also included in this unit are the links between the broader theoretical literature and the literature dealing with the regulation of professional bodies.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify common regulatory methods and frameworks applied to professions
  2. explain the roles of professional regulation within a broader regulatory context of political economy
  3. explain the key features of regulatory models as applied to major professional groups
  4. compare a range of regulatory techniques applicable globally
  5. analyse and evaluate a series of relevant case studies.

Assessment

Research paper (2,250 words): 30%
Case study (3,750 words): 50%
Class participation: 10%
Review presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit covers a range of issues relating to taxation litigation and drafting, including:

  • notices of objection
  • ruling applications
  • appeal statements
  • notices of appeal
  • presenting submissions
  • High Court Special Leave applications
  • preparation of opinions and advice.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have a solid understanding of the taxation litigation and appeal process, the ruling system and the Australian Taxation Office's information gathering powers. They will also have an understanding of key issues relating to the preparation of opinions and submissions in the area of taxation law.

Assessment

Writing memorandum (3,750 words): 50%
Mooting: 30%
Drafting exercise (1,500 words): 20%


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and related legislation which have enacted fundamental changes in federal labour law since the 'Work Choices' changes, that is, the 'Forward with Fairness' law and policy, will be critically examined. Topics include changes to industrial dispute resolution, workplace bargaining and bargaining in good faith, enterprise agreements and individual arrangements, industrial action, new institutions and their roles, legislated National Employment Standards and award modernisation, unfair dismissal, implications for employers and for unions, including right of workplace entry, and the process of establishing a national system.

Outcomes

The objectives of the unit are to:

  1. critically explore the fundamental changes to the federal system of workplace relations since 'Work Choices' enacted in the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and related legislation
  2. analyse the new approach to awards and legislated standards, bargaining, bargaining in good faith, dispute resolution and negotiating enterprise agreements, the role of individual agreements, and unfair dismissal laws
  3. understand the role of industrial action in negotiating enterprise agreements under the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth)
  4. analyse the role of new institutions in the system
  5. critically examine the constitutional and public policy underpinnings of the federal labour laws
  6. understand the likely impact of the changes on employers, employees and unions, and society, including through analysis of recent court and tribunal decisions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer where a student has relevant background and experience, assessment may be one research assignment (7,500 words):100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

Law of Employee Relations Law 7083 or a relevant background through study or practice as determined by the lecturer.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit analyses international commercial arbitration from an advanced practical and theoretical perspective, its sources of law and the ways in which it is integrated with domestic legal systems. Attention is given to the conduct of arbitrations, the elements of the Award, court supervision and enforcement. Specific attention is given to contractual disputes and also the emerging area of international investment disputes.

Outcomes

The objectives of the unit are to

  1. introduce students to the most significant current issues in relation to international commercial arbitration
  2. develop students' understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of international arbitration compared to other dispute resolution methodologies
  3. invite students to evaluate different procedural models that may be used
  4. have students develop an understanding of the relationship between party autonomy and court supervision in relation to recognition and enforcement of awards and in relation to interim measures of protection
  5. enable students to identify and evaluate the emerging challenges thrown up by certain types of commercial disputes, particularly contractual and investment disputes, the latter involving States as parties and which also involve Investment Treaties.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words) OR participation in a graded moot simulation (including preparation of a written memorial): 50%

In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer, assessment may be one research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

While students will be briefed in the fundamentals of substantive criminal law (the 'core crimes' of genocide - crimes against humanity and war crimes - and international criminal responsibility), the unit will focus on the complex procedural architecture of international criminal law and how these rules are applied by international criminal tribunals and their relevance to domestic prosecutions of international crimes. This practical aspect of the unit will be accentuated by one of the assessment tasks, which will simulated a court exercise requiring students apply their knowledge to a specific case scenario.

Outcomes

  1. To understand the sources of international criminal law and how to identify and apply them in context.
  2. To understand the international criminal law framework, the key international criminal courts and the practice of international criminal law in international and domestic jurisdictions.
  3. To develop a detailed knowledge of international criminal procedural law, including the rules of procedure and evidence of different institutions that govern international criminal law and the broader procedural architecture of direct relevance to defence and prosecution lawyers appearing before international and domestic courts in relation to international crimes.
  4. To develop a deep understanding of how international criminal law is applied in practice.
  5. To apply an appropriate level of legal research and reasoning skills to the resolution of practical and theoretical issues in international criminal law.

Assessment

Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Practical exercise requiring preparation and application of knowledge to a realistic case scenario - written paper (3,000 words): 40%
In-class presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The Israel/Palestine dispute/conflict is characterised by legal disputation and can only be understood if regard is had to these legal disputes. Students will consider whether international humanitarian law and human rights conventions are applicable to the Palestinian Territory; whether there is a right of return for refugees; whether Gaza remains occupied territory; whether Israel's offensive in Gaza 2008/2009 was lawful; whether the wall and settlements Israel is building in Palestinian territory are lawful; the legality of the Palestinian responses; the characterisation under international law of the practices and policies of Israel, the Palestinian authorities, and regional neighbours regarding the Palestinian territories and Israel . The unit will examine the effect that the conflict has had on international law and relations, and the extent to which law can contribute to any peace process.

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the role of law in the Israel/Palestine conflict.
  2. To provide students with an understanding of the background to the conflict and the major issues that drive it.
  3. To introduce students to the key legal issues in the dispute/conflict.
  4. To consider whether international law may provide a basis for a peaceful settlement of complex territorial disputes.

Assessment

Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research paper (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit will focus on the prohibition on the use of force in international law and the circumstances in which the use of force is permitted - including reversion by States to the doctrine of self defence. Considerable attention will be devoted to the arguments raised by States in support of their recourse to the use of force and the validity of such arguments.

Outcomes

  1. To understand the rule prohibiting the use of force under the UN Charter and customary international law and the exceptions to this rule.
  2. To consider the circumstances in which the Security Council may authorise the use of force and the question whether this authorization has been misconstrued by States in some cases (such as Iraq, 2003).
  3. To consider the manner in which States have interpreted the right to use force in self-defence.
  4. To consider the question whether the prohibition on the use of force has any meaning today.

Assessment

Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research paper (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Bryan Horrigan

Notes

Synopsis

This unit explores contemporary thinking, regulation, and practice surrounding the connected areas of corporate governance, responsibility, and sustainability in Australia and comparable corporate regulatory systems worldwide, with particular emphasis upon corporate regulatory systems in Anglo-Commonwealth countries, the EU, and North America. Major topics covered include: major theories and issues of corporate responsibility and governance, recent transnational corporate governance reforms across foreign jurisdictions of relevance in Australia, related corporate social responsibility developments (including business and human rights), and corporate governance in the Australian public sector (including state business interactions, government business enterprises, and frameworks for public sector governance). As the unit exposes students to a variety of comparative, international, and cross-disciplinary ideas and material, it is suitable for students interested in comparative corporate governance from a range of national, academic, and work-related backgrounds, including students who are interested in exploring corporate governance law and regulation as it relates to both the public sector and the private sector.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. understand the theoretical debates, models, and concepts that underpin policy, regulation, and practice of corporate governance, responsibility, and sustainability
  2. appreciate and evaluate the commonalities and differences between Australian and suitable comparative corporate regulatory systems
  3. interpret, apply, and analyse the key elements of corporate governance, responsibility, and sustainability regulation in Australia and select transnational jurisdictions
  4. relate international and comparative developments in corporate governance, responsibility, and sustainability to Australian scholarly, regulatory, and business debates about corporate social responsibility (CSR), socially responsible investing and reporting, and investment decision making that accommodates environmental, social, and governance (ESG) considerations
  5. compare and contrast the regulation and practice of corporate governance in the Australian business sector with corporate governance in the Australian public sector, including government owned corporations, government business enterprises (GBEs), statutory corporations, and other public sector departments and agencies.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit deals with procurement law for both the public and private sector. The unit explores all procurement activities including sustainment contracts, service contracts and acquisition contracts. The unit begins with a critical analysis of the governance framework for procurement including legislative requirements, performance objectives and social objectives. The unit explores how various procurement options deal with risk including alliances, PPPs, partnering charters and early contractor involvement. Included is an overview of relational contracting theory and practice and how tender selection processes are best managed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. understand the governance framework for procurement regarding major government and private projects including value for money and accountability objectives
  2. understand the major causes of procurement risk and how to treat them
  3. identify appropriate procurement methodologies for projects (includes alliances, partnering, PPPs, and Early Contractor Involvement)
  4. understand the various financing options for projects
  5. understand how to conduct tenders fairly and effectively
  6. understand the various accountability and auditing functions applicable to procurement
  7. understand the benefits and costs of relational contracting
  8. be able to write clearly, concisely and logically on issues relating to procurement law.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit provides students with a broad global understanding of comparative taxation law issues. It examines and compares the structural features of a number of different tax systems around the world, focusing on international income tax issues and tax treaties. The tax systems in the following countries will be examined: Australia, the United States, the member states of the European Union, and certain developing countries. The unit adopts an international framework for exploring tax law theory and policy and tax system design. It also considers how tax systems relate to each other and how problems of double taxation are dealt with. The unit will examine methodologies of legal interpretation used in civil and common law jurisdictions. It will also examine aspects of tax administration and the protection of taxpayers' rights.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will be able to:

  1. understand the basic principles of direct taxation on a comparative basis
  2. understand the different legal contexts within taxation is regulated around the world
  3. understand different policy goals underlying tax law in developed countries as well as net capital exporting countries and in developing countries
  4. understand the relationship between domestic tax law and tax treaties in a selected number of civil and common law jurisdictions around the world
  5. understand the interaction among tax systems at the international level in the presence or absence of double taxation conventions
  6. understand the methodologies used in (a selected number of) civil and common law jurisdictions around the world to interpret the law of taxation
  7. understand the foundations of international tax planning
  8. be prepared to apply the outcome of their analysis to carry out a constructive criticism to the principles that underpin the Australian tax system.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


3 points, SCA Band 3, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will address the 'rights based approach' to international development, and the evolution of development theory. The intersection between human rights and development will be explored, including identification of relevant legal obligations; particular human rights such as the rights of women and the rights to health and education; consideration of the role of various international actors such as governments and the World Bank; and the role of international development NGOs. Particular reference will be made to the United Nations Millennium Development Goals.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. appreciate the historical growth of the international development movement since 1945 and understand the key debates in development practice
  2. understand the role of law in development and the history of the law and development movement
  3. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the theoretical debates about the role of law in development
  4. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the intersection between international human rights law and international development goals and practice
  5. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the variety of ways in which international human rights law may be used to set and achieve international development goals, and enhance development practice
  6. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of attempts by the UN and other multilateral bodies to develop a "rights based" approach to development
  7. be able to critically evaluation the role of non-State actors, particularly international development NGOs in the protection and realisation of international human rights
  8. analyse the extent to which Australia's obligations under international human rights law relate to the aims and obligations of its foreign aid programme
  9. be able to identify, understand, evaluate and apply relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to enhance current approaches to international development.

Assessment

Research paper (6,750 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The 2006 enactment of the Victorian Charter of Rights and Responsibilities means that legal practitioners and students need to consider the impact of the Charter on litigation in a range of areas. This unit covers the sources of human rights and the role of international law in Australian law, specific Australian human rights statutes including the new Victorian Charter, international remedies of relevance to Australia, and comparative human rights laws. The unit will also cover the practical application of rights, including appropriate advocacy and research techniques on how to develop human rights arguments. Students will be taught how to advocate Victorian Charter issues effectively.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be able to identify and recognise a human rights issue as it arises in a legal dispute
  2. be able to articulate and advance human rights arguments based on the particular dispute
  3. be able to apply relevant human rights jurisprudence from comparable domestic legal system such as the United States, Canada, New Zealand and the UK to apply in the Australian context
  4. to be able to develop logical and sound legal argument with respect to the application of human rights principles
  5. be able to identify appropriate remedies in relation to the human rights questions that are raised
  6. to develop a sound and critical understanding about the operation of human rights law in a practical setting
  7. to be able to identify appropriate limitations on human rights and the concept of proportionality.

Assessment

Moot consisting of a written submission of 4,500 words: 60%
A 20 minute oral submission:40%
OR
Written assignment of 7,500 words (100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 hours of "in person" seminars


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit identifies important and contemporary issues in human rights law that arise in response to international developments, changes in law and policy, advances in technology, and other events. Complex issues not covered in other human rights units will be explored at an advanced level and may cover specialized areas such as human rights and the environment, human rights and cyberspace, contemporary human rights theory, and human rights institutional reform. The selection of current issues may incorporate Australian, comparative and international aspects, or a mixture thereof, where relevant. The contemporary nature of the unit means that its content will change each time it is offered.

Outcomes

Students who have successfully completed the unit will:

  1. have a detailed knowledge of the law relating to the specific topics that are selected for analysis
  2. have a thorough understanding of the wider legal, economic and social dimensions associated with those specific topics
  3. be aware of the limitations of the current law (either international or domestic) that applies to the relevant issue and of proposals for reform
  4. understand the relevant issues from a selected comparative perspective
  5. understand the international aspects that relate to the particular issues.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The unit is an elective for students in the Graduate Diploma in Local Government Law. This unit will provide students with an in-depth knowledge in an expanding and specialist area of the law. It will provide students interested in environmental law with the essential theoretical and practical understanding of key environmental law issues, concepts and principles. The focus is on the law and policy that has been applied to deal with environmental problems in the Australian domestic context.

Outcomes

A student who completes this unit should:

  1. have a good understanding of the international context of environmental law, particularly in relation to environmental law conventions and other international instruments
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between international environmental law and domestic environmental law
  3. have a knowledge of the basic principles of environmental law
  4. be aware of how environmental law has been applied to deal with particular environmental issues
  5. have a good understanding of the framework of laws for environmental planning, development control, environmental impact assessment, heritage conservation and pollution regulation
  6. have an understanding of the workings of the Victorian Civil and Administrative Tribunal and additional means of environmental dispute resolution
  7. be able to make an assessment of where environmental law can be expected to develop in the future.

Assessment

Assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedClayton Summer semester A to Semester one 2013 (Day)
Clayton Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The unit involves attendance at a community legal service which endeavours to meet the needs of its community. Students learn a range of lawyers' skills and develop professional commitment and ethical standards. The subject adds a social dimension to academic training by creating an opportunity for students to assess the adequacy of law and legal processes in context.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should have acquired:

  1. the ability to critically analyse legal principles and the legal system in the context of contemporary society
  2. an understanding of the extent to which the law and the legal system meet the needs of the community
  3. skills involving judgment, such as the investigation of facts, the recognition of issues, the analysis of problems and situations, the use of tactics and decision-making
  4. skills in oral and written communication required of lawyers, including interviewing, counselling, negotiating, advocacy and drafting
  5. an understanding of professional legal issues of ethics and morality.

Assessment

Legal service work: 60%
Law reform and education group task: 20%
Reflective journal: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One night time Legal Service client intake session per week throughout the JD clinical period (including non-teaching period) from 6 - 9pm (3 hours). Two additional weekly follow-up sessions throughout the JD clinical period. This consists of one evening from 4 - 6:30 pm (2.5 hours)and one evening from 4 - 7 pm (3 hours).

Prerequisites

The achievement of at least 8 units or 48 credit points towards the Master of Laws (Juris Doctor) to include:

LAW7079 Legal research and problem solving,
LAW7264 Principles of criminal law and procedure,
LAW7428 Principles of contract law A,
LAW7429 Principles of contract law B; and
LAW7266 Principles of torts
Or equivalent.

Prohibitions

Students may take no more than 18 credit points from units on the list of skills based or practical electives approved by PGSC.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit examines the evolution of the international regime for refugee protection and challenges from restrictive policies of receiving countries, including the EU. It compares international refugee protection and other human rights protection. It examines the human rights implications of asylum and non-refoulement, the refugee definition, and its elements.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this subject, students should:

  1. understand the evolution and nature of the international regime for refugee protection
  2. have detailed knowledge of the international instruments applicable to asylum seekers and refugees, including the Refugees Convention
  3. be able to compare the responses of different states and regions to refugee issues since the creation of the Refugees Convention
  4. understand and be able to evaluate the human rights of refugees and asylum seekers under the Refugees Convention and related relevant international instruments
  5. understand and be able to evaluate the application of human rights protection to refugees and asylum seekers
  6. have acquired detailed knowledge of the concept of a 'refugee' under the Refugees Convention and of the various elements of the refugee definition
  7. have acquired detailed knowledge of the measures taken by receiving states and regions, including the EU, to restrict the conferment of protection on refugees and asylum seekers or to provide alternative forms of protection
  8. enhanced oral and written communication skills, including the ability to conduct research and to devise a research project.

Assessment

Research paper (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research paper (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Emmanuel Laryea

Notes

Synopsis

This unit studies the international legal framework for international investments. It provides an understanding of the development of the law, and the economic, political and institutional factors that have shaped the law to its current state. The various sources of law, particularly Public International Law, Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs), and regional agreements, are examined. The interrelation between these sources of law, and between international and domestic law, as apply to foreign investments, are considered. The core legal principles and norms that apply to international Investments, such as Expropriation, National Treatment, and Fair and Equitable Treatment, are examined, as are investor - State relations and international investment arbitration.

Outcomes

On a successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have an understanding of the international legal framework for foreign investments
  2. have an understanding of the historical development of the law and the economic, political and institutional factors that have shaped the law to its current state
  3. have an understanding of the various sources of law, and the interrelation between international and domestic law relating to foreign investments
  4. have an understanding of the interrelation between international investment law and other areas of international economic law
  5. understand the core international legal principles and norms that apply to international investments, such as Expropriation, National Treatment, and Fair and Equitable Treatment
  6. understand investor - State relations, aspects of international investment contracts, and international investment arbitration
  7. identify the main procedural and substantive issues that affect activities of foreign investors
  8. understand the differences between foreign investment arbitration and international commercial arbitration, and be able to analyse and evaluate awards issued by foreign investment arbitral tribunals
  9. be able to undertake post-graduate level research in the subject area.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 Hours


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Contract law addresses the broad concepts, principles and rules used to determine the content of binding promises and as appropriate, their defeasibility or enforcement in a market economy. Topics will include an introduction (covering historical elements, theories of contract and policy considerations, offer and acceptance, consideration, certainty, intention to create legal relations, formalities, estoppel, privity, introduction to vitiating Factors (duress and undue influence) and terms of the contract.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of certain fundamental concepts of the common law of contract, including formation of contracts and matters effecting formation and contractual terms
  2. acquired a familiarity with the principal Federal and State legislation affecting contracts and the ability to analyse and apply this legislation to contractual situations
  3. a coherent, critical and policy aware understanding of the principles of the law of contract
  4. the ability to extract and evaluate principles from primary and secondary law sources (cases, statutes, textbooks, articles and other writings about contract law).

Assessment

Research assignment (2,500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours plus 30 minutes reading time): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Mr Jason Harkess (Trimester 1)
Mr William Lye (Trimester 2)
Dr Sirko Harder (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

LAW7265


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Contract law addresses the broad concepts, principles and rules used to determine the content of binding promises and as appropriate, their defeasibility or enforcement in a market economy.

Topics in Contract b will include consideration of the legal and equitable prinicples governing contractual termination, remedies (including damages, penalites, debt and equitable relief), frustration and vitiating factors (including misleading and deceptive conduct, unconscionable dealing, undue influence and statutory unconsionability).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of certain fundamental concepts of the common law of contract, including, termination of contract and remedies for breach of contract
  2. acquired a familiarity with the principal Federal and State legislation affecting contracts and the ability to analyse and apply this legislation to contractual situations
  3. a well-developed ability to extract and evaluate principles from primary and secondary law sources (cases, statutes, textbooks, articles and other writings about contract law)
  4. developed the ability to analyse disputes arising from a contractual relationship and to give appropriate advice to clients involved in such disputes
  5. further developed skills in case law analysis and statutory interpretation
  6. the ability to use these principles and rules to solve selected problems in examinations and other settings
  7. a well-developed understanding of the dynamic nature of the law of contract.

Assessment

Trimester 1:
Assessed tutorials (3 x 10%): 30% AND examination(2 hours plus 30 minutes reading time): 70%.
Trimester 2 and 3 (until further notice):
Research assignment (2,500 words): 30% or
Legal problem solving assignment (2,500 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours plus 30 minutes reading time): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Rebecca Giblin (Trimester 1)
Mr William Lye (Trimester 2)
Ms Lisa Spagnolo (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week x 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

LAW7265


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The unit introduces practising lawyers to legal aspects of debt finance for corporations. It is taught from a practical perspective and provides understanding and analysis of:

  1. forms of credit
  2. legal aspects of security
  3. legal issues arising in specific structures of corporate finance
  4. the law of set-off and netting to enable appreciation of complex financial structures: derivatives and securitisation
  5. corporate insolvency

Discussion of comparative dimensions of corporate debt finance law will be encouraged.

Outcomes

A candidate who successfully completes this unit should be able to:

  1. have a broadly based understanding of key principles in credit and security law
  2. develop the skills to identify the legal issues or considerations that typically arise in corporate financing transactions
  3. understand the underlying principles of corporate insolvency law, and how these impact on financing transactions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

24 Hours


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Freckelton SC

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will address a range of human rights that arise in the context of contemporary health law, including:

  • Examination of Article 12 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and in particular General Comment No 14, "The Right to the Highest Attainable Standard of Health"
  • Analysis of the role of the Special Rapporteur on the Right of Everyone to the Enjoyment of the Highest Attainable Standard of Physical and Mental Health
  • Scrutiny of the impact and potential impact upon health service provision of the Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act 2005 (Vic)
  • Scrutiny of the human rights role of modern public health law
  • Examination of the human rights repercussions of the distinctions for different purposes in law, medicine and ethics between life and death
  • Analysis of the role of the living and dead body in contemporary Australia, identifying important human rights decisions in relation to the status of body parts, blood, and trafficking in potentially valuable tissues, amongst other things relevant to post-mortem reproduction
  • Identification of contemporary controversies internationally about rights to have life support turned off and food and water withheld in the context of persistent vegetative states and other like conditions
  • Review of the law in relation to euthanasia, both active and passive, comparing Australia's Northern Territory initiative with the Medical Treatment (Physician Assisted Dying) Bill 2008 (Vic), as well as changes to physician-assisted suicide in The Netherlands, Belgium, Switzerland and Oregon
  • Review of the role of the coroner in contemporary Australia as an investigator of death, including the rights of next of kin to object to exhumations and autopsies and to assert an entitlement to the convening of inquests
  • Identification of major controversies arising from the Patel and Shipman scandals and questions the effectiveness of the coroner as a public health official
  • Review of the complex rights of patients and medical staff in relation to wrongful birth, wrongful life and wrongful death actions
  • Examination of litigants' health rights in relation to the provision of sound quality and adequately resourced treatment
  • Exploration of the contemporary role of the viatical industry in protecting or exploiting the rights of persons with terminal illnesses.

Outcomes

  1. Understanding of international and local human rights framework for provision of contemporary health services in Australia.
  2. Awareness of human rights issues in relation to provision of treatment and entitlement to treatment.
  3. Awareness of law in relation to health privacy and critical incident review committee workings.
  4. Understanding of distinctions in relation to human rights issues between life and death.
  5. Understanding of the concept and repercussions of the body as property, in a variety of rights contexts including burial, cremation, organ donation and post-mortem reproduction.
  6. Sophisticated understanding of the relevance to the law of human rights in relation to the turning off of life support and physician-assisted suicide and euthanasia.
  7. Understanding of the law of no further resuscitation.
  8. Awareness of the role of the coroner as a decision-maker in relation to rights to autopsy, exhumation; inquests and decision-making about causes of death.
  9. Understanding of rights issues in coronial practices, findings, and recommendations.
  10. Acquaintance with the viatical industry.
  11. Understanding of rights issues in wrongful life, wrongful birth and wrongful death actions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will offer experienced family and child protection lawyers, family dispute resolution practitioners, child protection workers, policy makers and those generally interested in dispute resolution alike a grasp of the principles of the innovative field of non-adversarial justice and a comprehensive framework for analysing the appropriateness and integrity of existing non-adversarial practices in family and child protection law. It will assist students to position themselves at the forefront of law reform through sharpening their policy analysis skills and providing them with a structure for predicting the future development of practices in the family law and child protection fields.
This unit will examine and critically assess the range of non-adversarial practices which are central to Australian and international family law systems. It approaches the study of family and child protection law by focusing on forms of conflict management, dispute prevention and dispute resolution employed in those fields. In particular the subject will explore the more recent developments in family dispute resolution processes in Australia and overseas. These practices will be examined from the perspective of 'non-adversarial justice', a cutting edge framework developed to explore the common themes and links between disparate practices developed in reaction to the adversarial system in a variety of settings within the justice system.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be able to critically analyse the nature of the existing family law and child protection systems, how adversarial they are in nature, including their benefits and pitfalls
  2. understand the nature of non-adversarial justice, the theories behind the movement and the reasons for the perceived need for non-adversarial processes
  3. understand theories of interpersonal conflict, how disputes arise, conflict management and dispute prevention
  4. understand and be able to explain the theoretical underpinnings and the nature of a range of non adversarial processes in family law and child protection
  5. be able to critically analyse each of the non-adversarial processes taught for their various strengths and weaknesses and be able to identify which non-adversarial processes may or may not be appropriate in particular cases
  6. understand and evaluate the place of non adversarial processes within the family law and child protection systems
  7. be able to appreciate the complexities of the relationship between law and non-adversarial processes
  8. be able to explain how family and children's courts can apply principles of non-adversarial justice
  9. understand how family and child protection lawyers can and do work with non-adversarial processes and appreciate the role that lawyers can play in directing clients towards non-adversarial processes in appropriate cases
  10. understand and be able to critically comment on appropriate ethical standards of conduct for of lawyers, dispute resolution practitioners and other professionals working with non-adversarial processes in the family and child protection context
  11. develop skills in critical analysis of legal processes including making recommendations for change or law reform.

Assessment

Class Participation: 10%
Research Paper (6,750 words): 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (On-campus split block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is introductory in nature and is intended to provide sufficient knowledge about patent law, and intellectual property in general, for those who are involved in or seek involvement in the commercialisation of research. The unit will consider the creation of patentable inventions in a university or other research intensive environment and will consider the special issues that arise in collaborative research. The unit is particularly directed to the researchers themselves, but is also valuable for those who want to understand more about the connection between research, patents and commercialisation. It is suited to both lawyers who have little or no understanding of patent law and to non-lawyers who have some background in science or technology.

Topics covered include a brief overview of the sources of Australian law for non-lawyers, an overview of the different forms of intellectual property, the history and rationale of the patent system, the concept of invention and the notion of inventorship, the requirements for patentability and the pitfalls for inventors, the differences between standard and innovation patents, patent application procedure, an understanding of the role of specifications and claims, the rights granted by a patent, ownership and dealings with patents, enforcement and exploitation of patents, and the international patent system.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should have:

  1. acquired basic knowledge of the sources of law in Australia and the interrelationship between case law and statute law
  2. acquired basic knowledge of the subject matter that is eligible for protection under the common law and statutory regimes for trade marks, copyright, patents, designs, confidential information, circuit layouts and plant breeders' rights and the inter-relationship between these regimes
  3. an enhanced appreciation of the policies and objectives underlying the laws of patents
  4. detailed knowledge of the subject matter that is eligible for protection under the laws of patents, the requirements for obtaining such protection and its scope, once obtained
  5. an understanding of entitlement to patents and concepts of ownership and inventorship
  6. have a sound understanding of the operation and application of the rules governing the international protection of patents for inventions.

Assessment

Three take-home assignments (1,125 words each): 15% each
One take-home problem-based assignment (3,375 words each): 45%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions

LAW7119 Patents for inventions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Climate change is one of the most significant and important global issues and requires international, regional and domestic responses. A central aspect of this
dilemma is the inter-relationship between rising levels of fossil fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. Understanding the complexities of this issue
and developing appropriate responses is fundamental to achieving a sustainable future for all members of the international community. This necessitates consideration of the progress and operative effect of Climate Change Law at various levels: international, regional and domestic. Accordingly, the emergence of international climate change law and the impact of fundamental international agreements such as the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Kyoto Protocol will be examined, together with a range of regional and domestic policy, legislative and regulatory developments in the European Union and Australia. In the Australian context, Federal and State based aspects of climate change policy, law and regulation will be scrutinised across a backdrop of various sectors including energy, transport, building, and planning and resource management. In addition to the constitutional implications of Climate Change Law in Australia, climate change litigation will also be considered.

Given that a central aspect of the global climate change dilemma is the inter-relationship between rising levels of fossil fuel consumption and greenhouse gas emissions, energy markets will be used as the primary case study in this unit. Recent legislative developments and environmental regulation of energy markets will be examined within the broader concepts of renewable energies, demand management, sustainable development and accountability. Key responses to climate change will be discussed from the supply/demand and voluntary/mandatory obligations perspectives. Various market and non-market mechanisms will be canvassed including renewable energy targets, emission trading systems, carbon taxes, feed-in tariffs and new technologies. While particular emphasis will be on the role of the Australian Energy Market and key market institutions such as the Australian Energy Regulator, a comparative analysis will be made of climate change policy, legislative and regulatory frameworks operating in energy markets of the United Kingdom and the European Union.

Outcomes

Understand the nature of climate change and its economic and legal importance, both domestically, regionally and globally:

  1. understand threshold questions and issues involved in international dimensions of climate change law, regulation and policy
  2. appreciate the political and legislative developments behind the emergence of International, Supranational and Australian climate change law, policy and regulation and the development of environmental markets
  3. identify key International, Supranational and Australian bodies/institutions operating in the context of climate change and understand their functions and responsibilities
  4. appreciate the impact of political and legislative climate change law developments on International, Supranational and Australian energy markets
  5. identify and discuss the impact of climate change law on various sectors of Australian economy, with particular emphasis on competition policy and constitutional competencies of State and Federal Governments; and the key legislation and regulatory regime of the Australian Energy Market
  6. identify and discuss the policy, legal and regulatory response to climate change, including environmental regulation of energy markets, renewable energies, greenhouse gas emissions sources, emissions trading systems, carbon taxes, feed-in tariffs, end-user participation and demand side management
  7. understand broader climate change policy and legal issues such as diminishing supply of fossil fuels and security of supply.

Assessment

Research assignment (6,000 words): 80%
Class presentation: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine the international concept and basis of collective bargaining including through international law, International Labor Organization conventions and their interpretation; the adoption of international standards and their concept in Australian labour law and the role of the courts, industrial tribunals and the legislature in developing the right to bargain and collective bargaining; the right to strike and lockout in the context of bargaining in collective agreements and its international basis; the limits on industrial action in collective bargaining; and when protected industrial action ballots (compulsory strike ballots) might be sought and ordered.

The unit will also study the role of bargaining agents; the duty to bargain and the concept of good faith bargaining; the legal status of collective agreements and parties to agreements; the protection of labour standards in agreements via the 'better off overall' test; and legal issues about the role, content, termination and enforcement of agreements. The role of unions and employers in bargaining will be examined.

The Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and related legislation, which implement the federal Labor government's 'Forward with Fairness' policy and law, will be evaluated in relation to workplace bargaining and agreements, together with the use of individual flexibility arrangements and common law contracts.

Outcomes

On completion of the subject students should understand and be able to critically evaluate:

  1. the impact of laws which promote or restrict bargaining
  2. the concepts of the right to bargain and collective bargaining and the role played by the legislature, the courts, industrial tribunals and international conventions in developing these concepts
  3. the development of the concept of the right to strike and lockout and its international basis in the context of bargaining
  4. the role of unions and employers in bargaining and the legal status, content and enforcement of agreements.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination: (3,750 words): 50%
In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer where a student has experience in the practice of workplace bargaining and agreements law, assessment may be one research assignment (7,500 words) for 100% of the marks.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7083 Law of Employee Relations or its equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedClayton Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Term 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide international students, primarily those from civil law countries, with a general understanding of the nature and operation of common law systems, such as those found in Australia, the United Kingdom and the United States. The study examines the origins and common attributes of common law systems, constitutional frameworks, sources and divisions of law, legal and related political institutions, the judiciary and the legal profession. Areas studied also include the nature and status of case law, the doctrine of precedent and the process of statutory interpretation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should have:

  1. developed an understanding of the main legal and related political institutions in Australia and other major common law jurisdictions
  2. developed an understanding of the sources of law in common law jurisdictions and the interrelationship between case law and statute law
  3. become familiar with the structure and content of cases, including an understanding of the doctrine of precedent and the processes by which case law evolves
  4. developed an understanding of the main principles of statutory interpretation, an ability to interpret law and an understanding of the role of judges in interpreting legislation
  5. acquired an overall awareness of how common law legal systems operate to enhance and sustain constitutional democracies.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,000 words): 40%
Take-home examination: 60%
OR
Take-home examination: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Classes commence two weeks prior to the beginning of Semester 1 and Semester 2.
24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions

LAW7212 Australian legal system


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Ms Evie Bruce

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is intended to provide a detailed overview of the law surrounding the Australian equity capital markets. The unit will consider the background to the regulation of disclosure in this area, the policy underpinnings supporting that regulation, the content of the disclosure regimes that apply and the sanctions regimes that support enforcement of that regulation.

Topics include:

  1. Background to the fundraising regime in Australia
    • a short history of disclosure regulation
    • How do investors make decisions?
  2. Prospectus requirements
    • When disclosure is required
    • Prospectus exemptions
  3. Continuous disclosure
  4. Prospectus content
  5. Different offering structures
    • Traditional forms of equity capital raisings
    • Accelerated rights issues
  6. Australian due diligence practices
  7. Managed investment schemes
  8. Liability for defective disclosure
    • General liability for misleading or deceptive conduct
    • Prospectus liability
    • Continuous disclosure liability
  9. Introduction to underwriting, advertising and marketing
  10. Scope of US securities laws.

Outcomes

A student who successfully completes this unit should have a good understanding of:

  1. the policy underpinning the regulation of Australian equity capital markets
  2. the content of the disclosure regimes that apply
  3. the sanctions that support enforcement of that regulation.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7263 Australian corporate law OR LAW7275 Principles of corporations law OR equivalent study or experience.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to critically examine the phenomenon of globalization, and the related changes currently underway in contemporary international economic law. A particular focus of the unit is on the role of international economic law institutions, such as the WTO, IMF and World Bank, as they grapple with the many new issues which globalization has thrust onto their agendas. How is globalization changing the nature of international law, international society and global governance?

In this unit, students will undertake a multidisciplinary examination of the phenomenon of globalization and the associated transformation underway in contemporary international economic law. Students will employ tools and perspectives from a variety of the disciplines which have been used to examine globalization, such as economics, political theory, moral philosophy and sociology.

Students will use these tools to consider issues such as the changing nature of international and global society (and what, if any, is the difference between the two); pressure on traditional concepts of boundaries, citizenship and nationality; the problem of inequality in the global distribution of resources; challenges to sovereignty and emerging forms of global governance; and how existing and new international institutions can better manage this emerging global social policy agenda.

Outcomes

  1. An introduction to the phenomenon of globalization and the associated transformation underway in contemporary international economic law.
  2. An introduction to several of the principal theoretical perspectives (i.e., moral philosophy, political theory, sociology, etc.) currently being applied in the study of these developments.
  3. The application of these theoretical perspectives to selected issues in globalization studies and the operation of international economic law institutions.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Short essay (1,500 words): 20%
Research assignment: (5,250 words): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will explore the multiple intersections and integration of Human Rights Law and Intellectual Property Law. The Human Rights/Intellectual property interface also involves, among other things, the intersection between international law and domestic (principally Australian) law. In particular, the unit will focus on the substantive, procedural, and institutional intersection between Human Rights and Intellectual Property both in international law contexts (such as Chapter 17 of the Australia-United States Free Trade Agreement, WIPO and the WTO), and in Australian domestic law.

Outcomes

  1. To introduce students of Human Rights Law and those of Intellectual Property Law to the basic contours and purposes of each other's field.
  2. To give Human Rights and Intellectual Property students a firm grounding in the increasingly ubiquitous intersection between their respective fields of law: an intersection that is likely to become a common feature of legal practice, legislation, and policy in both fields.
  3. To give students from other fields of law and non-law students insights into one of the most important aspects of the impact of property rights in creativity and information on fundamental human rights and human dignity.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will focus on the law of managing workforce behaviour which relates to aspects of the individual employment relationship, under the contract of employment, legislative regimes, negotiated agreements and employment practice and policy. Questions of how far employers can control the behaviour of employees at the workplace and in their private lives and what legal controls, limits and freedoms are available to employers, employees and fellow employees will be addressed.

Topics include:

  • Discipline at work in both private and public sectors (include public sector employment codes and legislation; and demotion etc as part of private sector discipline)
  • Workplace bullying and sexual harassment and legal processes and procedures for dealing with same via legislation, policy, contract etc
  • Individual grievances at work and dispute resolution in the workplace
  • Employee disobedience to employer orders, remedies and dismissal
  • Absenteeism
  • Management of injured workers or those who are long term absentees
  • Performance management
  • Drug and alcohol testing
  • Criminal convictions - recruitment and performance management issues
  • recruitment - privacy, discrimination, medial and psychological testing.

Outcomes

On completion of the units students will have:

  1. an understanding of the applicable law and practice relating to conduct and behaviour in the workplace
  2. comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the role and legal status of internal discipline procedures and processes within the workplace, both private and public sectors, for human resource management
  3. comprehensive knowledge of regulatory regimes which provide avenues for redress and setting boundaries for behaviour within the workplace.

Assessment

Take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%
Class participation: 10%
Research Assignment (3,750 words): 50%
In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer where a student has experience in the practice of workplace relations and employment law assessment may be one research assignment (6,750 words) for 90% of the marks plus class participation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides an overview of the key relevant legal principles and practice of banking. It primarily addresses the regulation of banks and other deposit-taking institutions and their relationship with their customers. It covers law, policy and regulation of banking, lending and payments services. It will be taught on a comparative basis, looking at how these institutions are regulated in Australia and comparing this to the position in key banking centres overseas (in particular US, EU and UK positions)

Main topics are:

  • What is banking?
  • Theoretical basis for regulation and supervision of banking
  • History of and constitutional basis for Australian regulation
  • Prudential supervision of banks
  • Licensing of banks and other financial services firms
  • Comparative banking regulation (focusing on the position in the US, UK and EU)
  • Systemic issues and crisis management
  • Practical and legal risks posed by payment systems,
  • Australian payment system regulation
  • Current policy issues with banking and payment systems
  • Banker/customer relationship (including confidentiality)
  • Law and policy issues with lending and security
  • Regulation of credit and credit providers

Outcomes

To give students a broad understanding of Australian banking law. Students will develop sufficient working understanding of the areas of law to which they are introduced to be able to advise in the resolution of problems, planning of strategies and provide an informed opinion and argument on the key current policy debates in this area.

Assessment

Class participation - oral and written presentation (1,500 words): 20%
Research assignment (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Arbitration is now a key formal means of resolving disputes in relation to domestic commercial agreements. It raises many significant issues and challenges. The first question is how private parties are able to agree to resolve disputes in this way and how such agreements are to be respected by court institutions. The unit aims at being an advanced postgraduate unit highlighting the most significant current issues in domestic arbitration scholarship and practice. It begins with a conceptual analysis of the nature of domestic arbitration, its sources of law and the ways in which it is integrated with the court system. Using students experience, case studies and literature, attention is then given to its advantages and disadvantages as compared to other methodologies, particularly domestic litigation.
Attention is then given to the way arbitrations are best conducted within the domestic legislative model. This involves an analysis of the key statutory provisions of the Commercial Arbitration Act, case law and the discretions available to parties and arbitrators. Consideration is given to appointment of the Tribunal, challenges to arbitrators, issues of evidence and procedural discretions. Attention is then given to the elements of the Award, court supervision and enforcement.
The bulk of the work involves looking at some of the key issues in particular types of commercial disputes. Attention is given to the core fields of contractual and construction disputes.

Outcomes

The objectives of the unit are to:

  1. introduce students to the most significant current issues in relation to arbitration of domestic commercial disputes
  2. develop students' understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of arbitration compared to other dispute resolution methodologies, particularly domestic commercial litigation
  3. invite students to evaluate the procedural model under the Commercial Arbitration Act
  4. have students develop an understanding of the relationship between party autonomy and court supervision in relation to arbitration
  5. enable students to identify and evaluate the emerging challenges thrown up by certain types of commercial disputes, particularly contractual and construction disputes.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50% or
Participation in a graded moot simulation (including preparation of a written memorial): 50%

In appropriate cases determined by the lecturer, assessment may be one research assignment (7,500 words) for 100% of the marks.

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will consider economic concepts relevant to understanding the regulation of markets. Micro-economic theory will be used to highlight the impact of market failures, including market power, information imperfections, externalities and public goods. Practical tools for evaluating regulation, including the structure, conduct and performance framework and cost-benefit analysis will also be covered.

The unit will examine structure and pricing regulation, the regulation of information provision and the use of market instruments in regulation affecting the environment. It will consider both economic and social regulation, including that relating to the fairness of market transactions. The economic basis for regulatory reform initiatives will also be considered.

Practical applications of the economic concepts presented will be considered through out the course with the use of specific industry and regulatory case examples.

Outcomes

  1. Understand the economic rationales for regulation and for the use of economic instruments of regulation.
  2. Utilise tools of economic analysis to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of regulation.
  3. Identify ways in which the performance of regulation can be improved.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines important issues in consumer policy analysis and recent developments in a number of specific areas of consumer policy regulation. An economic focus, including mainstream and behavioural economic considerations, will underpin the approach taken in the unit. A framework for consumer policy will be developed, including examination of rationales for market intervention and the instruments for intervention. Consideration will be given to notions of consumer detriment and its measurement, since this is an important consideration in market intervention. The links between consumer policy and competition policy will be explored. The unit will also consider approaches to market monitoring and the development of integrated compliance strategies. Institutional arrangements can have a significant impact on the operation of consumer policy and these will also be examined. Concepts considered in the early part of the unit will be applied in a number of areas subject to recent regulatory change. These areas include product safety, credit, unfair contract terms and real estate agency. There will be an opportunity for students to consider other specific areas in their research essays.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. understand the main elements of the consumer policy framework in Australia and other economies
  2. understand the economic basis for consumer policy and for different market interventions
  3. understand key concepts important in the operation of consumer policy
  4. understand the rationales and likely impact of recent reforms in specific consumer policy areas
  5. be able to apply economic thinking to other areas of consumer policy.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements). Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit studies international law and some aspects of comparative law in the field of collective and individual labour and employment relations. The unit will examine the major sources of international law, namely the international labour conventions and recommendations elaborated by the International Labour Organization (ILO) Conference, and relevant doctrine of the ILO supervisory bodies, such as the Committee of Experts on the Application of Conventions and Recommendations and the Committee on Freedom of Association.

The units also examines the direction of European Community law, what can be learnt from its approach and some challenges to international labour law including globalisation. Examples will be given from other countries including Asia, United Kingdom and Australia.

Outcomes

The objectives of the unit are to:

  1. examine and analyse the sources of international law in the labour and employment area, particularly the role of the ILO
  2. analyse the role of the international supervisory bodies in labour law, particularly the Committee of Experts on the Application of Conventions and Recommendations and the Committee on Freedom of Association
  3. examine the labour law of the European Union and its direction
  4. examine the influence of the international bodies in labour law reform
  5. discuss and analyse challenges in international labour law.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination/assignment (3,750 words): 50%

With the approval of the lecturer and the LLM convenor, a student may undertake an assignment of 7500 words for 100 per cent of the marks.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Mr David Turner

Notes

Synopsis

This course is designed to provide an understanding of the rules, principles and policies underlying secured transactions in personal property security law. This body of law is of fundamental importance to commercial lawyers. It involves a detailed study of the Personal Property Security Act 2009 (Cth) and comparison with the New Zealand and Saskatchewan legislation.

Outcomes

Students completing this unit should:

  1. understand the nature and function of security
  2. appreciate the history and policy of the personal property securities legislation
  3. understand the scope of the Act and the policy and function of registration
  4. understand security agreements
  5. understand the central concepts of the security interest, attachment and perfection
  6. understand priority disputes
  7. understand default and enforcement and restrictions on remedies.

Assessment

Class participation (10%)
One research assignment (6750 words): 90% or
One take-home examination (6,750 words): 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to provide an overview of the international legal regime relating to the protection of trade marks and the regulation of the processes of their registration and use. In addition, it will provide an insight into selected aspects of trade mark law in the major jurisdictions of the United States of America and the European Union.

The overview of the international legal regime will address topics such as the requirements of TRIPS for protection of trade marks.. It may also cover issues generated by regulatory processes for registration that have been widely adopted throughout the world, including those enabling one-stop registrations on an international or regional basis.

The part of the unit dealing with the trade mark regimes of the United States of America and the European Union will cover issues such as requirements for registrability of trade marks, restrictions on registrability and the scope of rights of trade mark owners. The examination of rights will consider the various types of potential trade mark infringement, including consideration of dilution of certain trade marks and defences to infringement claims. The comparisons and contrasts between the two trade mark systems will be examined.

Outcomes

  1. To provide an overview of the international legal regime relating to the protection of trade marks.
  2. To provide an overview of the international legal regime relating to the registration and protection of trade marks.
  3. To provide an understanding of selected and key aspects of the trade mark protection regime in the United States of America.
  4. To provide an understanding of selected and key aspects of the trade mark protection regime in the European Union, both at the national and CTM level.
  5. To compare and contrast the trade mark protection regimes in the United States of America and the European Union.

Assessment

Assignment (2,250 words): 30%
Take-home exam (5,250 words): 70%
OR
Take-home exam (7,500 words): 100%
(with approval from the Chief Examiner of the unit)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This Unit has been designed to meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Trade Marks and Patent Attorneys in relation to Patent System (Topic group F). This Unit will enable students to advise and to handle the interests of a client in prosecution and maintenance of a patent application in Australia and other countries. Principal topics will include:

  • Different types of applications: advantages and disadvantages
  • Australian Patent Office practice: filing requirements and formalities; time limits;

searching; the amendment process and the requirements to be met; opposition proceedings; re-examination; the extension of term provisions; requirements for an extension of time; revocation and infringement proceedings; appeals

  • The use of international treaties and conventions to enhance a client's protection at an international level
  • The register: maintenance; assignment and transmission; licensing; compulsory licenses
  • Crown use; restrictions on exploitation
  • Basic patentability requirements in other countries such as New Zealand, the United States, the European Union, the People's Republic of China and Japan
  • Benefits and advantages of the innovation patent system

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should:

  1. have the enhanced appreciation of and an ability to handle the interests of a client in prosecution and maintenance of a patent application in Australia and other jurisdictions
  2. be in a position to provide detailed and comprehensive advice to inventors, enterprises and other persons engaged in the process of innovation on their rights and liabilities under Australian Patent law and the law in other jurisdictions
  3. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Patent System (Topic group F).

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Marilyn Pittard; Professor Ann Monotti; Associate Professor John Duns

Notes

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to combine attendance at a law conference in Prato, Italy with their study. The conference is entitled 'Business Innovation: A Legal Balancing Act'. It will analyse the issue of protecting business research and development in the context of different areas of law - intellectual property, workplace, corporate and competition laws. Approaches of the common law and civil jurisdictions, particularly the EU, will be used to inform and provide guidance to the analysis of emerging issues in this field.

Further information on the conference and the Prato program is available at http://www.law.monash.edu.au/business-innovation/index.html.
http://www.law.monash.edu.au/internships/overseas-study-programs/overseas-study-programs-prato-malaysia.html

Outcomes

  1. To provide students with the opportunity to develop their learning experience through attendance and participation at an international law conference. The conference will bring together top international researchers conducting research in the areas of intellectual property, workplace, corporate and competition laws as well as judges and senior practising lawyers.
  2. To analyse the issue of protecting business research and development in the context of several areas of law - intellectual property, workplace, corporate and competition laws - and to explore the impact of each area on this issue and how a more harmonised approach might be reached than otherwise occurs where the issue is explored from the viewpoint of one discipline only. Approaches of the common law and civil jurisdictions, particularly the EU, will be used to inform and provide guidance to the analysis of emerging issues in this field. Additional modules will include special classes for students on matters such as law reform, theoretical underpinnings of the conference topics.

Assessment

Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit and LAW7455 are taken by completing a 25,000 - 30,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows students:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (25,000-30,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the minor thesis (part 1 and 2) will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 24 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit is taken by completing a 25,000 - 30,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows students:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (25,000-30,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the minor thesis (part 1 and 2) will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 24 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit is taken by completing a 12,000-15,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows students:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.
Please note that there is an application process for this unit, available at: http://law.monash.edu.au/current-students/enrolments/enrolment-guidelines-pg-research-units.html

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the minor thesis will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 12 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit and LAW7457 are taken by completing a 12,000-15,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows students:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the minor thesis (part 1 and 2) will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 12 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit is taken by completing a 12,000-15,000 words (maximum) thesis under appropriate supervision. The topic is designed by the student in conjunction with a staff member and approved by the Postgraduate Studies Committee.

Outcomes

The minor thesis allows students:

  1. to explore in depth a particular legal issue and to acquire and demonstrate a knowledge of the broader legal and policy framework within which these issues can be discussed
  2. to develop and demonstrate research, analytical and writing skills, in order to demonstrate a depth of legal scholarship.

Assessment

Presentation: 10%
Minor thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 90%

The thesis will be assessed by an examiner under the Faculty regulations.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in the minor thesis (part 1 and 2) will be provided with appropriate levels of supervision to meet the needs of the student and expectations of the university. Students will be expected to do reading and research applicable to a 12 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

Completed four units (four elective units for JD students) and obtained 70% or above in each of the units.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Sarah Joseph

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights is the key global human rights treaty which addresses civil and political rights. It is the key treaty for the purposes of the operation of existing human rights legislation in Australia in Victoria (the Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities), the ACT (The Human Rights Act), and at the federal level (the Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission Act). It is also a key treaty for the purposes of the operation of the interpretative principle under which judges should interpret statutes, where possible, in light of Australia's human rights obligations.

The unit will cover all elements of the ICCPR, including general principles (eg. Brief history, the role of the UN Human Rights Committee, the impact of cultural relativism, positive and negative obligations, obligations of conduct and obligations of result), and admissibility criteria under the Optional Protocol (eg. requirements regarding subject matter jurisdiction, personal jurisdiction, and territorial jurisdiction; the rule regarding the exhaustion of domestic remedies).

The majority of the unit will focus on the substantive interpretations of the civil and political rights contained in the ICCPR, including a focus on the right to self determination (Article 1), right to life (Article 6), freedom from torture and other ill treatment (Articles 7 and 10), freedom from arbitrary detention (Article 9), freedom of movement (article 12), procedural rights for deportees (Article 13), right to fair trial (Article 14), the principle of legality (Article 15), the right to privacy (Article 17), freedom of religion (Article 18), freedom of expression (Article 19), prohibition on hate speech (Article 20), freedoms of assembly (Article 21) and association (Article 22), family rights (Article 23) and childrens' rights (Article 24), the right of political participation (Article 25), the right to equality before the law and equal protection of the law (Article 26, and minority rights (Article 27).

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. develop an extensive understanding of the nature and scope of civil and political rights
  2. understand the scope of Australia's obligations under the ICCPR
  3. understand the jurisprudence established under the ICCPR
  4. be able to critically assess the strengths and weaknesses of that jurisprudence
  5. be able to apply that knowledge to fact situations that they may come across in Australia
  6. understand the admissibility requirements for complaints under the Optional Protocol.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research assignment (7500 words): 100%
(subject to the approval of the Chief Examiner)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor William A Schabas

Notes

Synopsis

The purpose of this unit is to provide students with an understanding of the basic legal and policy issues involved in the international criminalization of genocide. It will review the origins of the Genocide Convention, and discuss the evolving interpretation of the definition bearing in mind its relationship to the cognate concept of crimes against humanity. The use of the term genocide as a political rather than a legal characterization will be considered. By the end of the course, students should have a good general familiarity with the major legal texts concerning genocide and the relevant case law of international and national courts and tribunals. Specific issues to be considered will include the protected groups, the mental and physical elements, direct and public incitement to commit genocide and the phenomenon of genocide denial

Outcomes

  1. To understand the legal norms concerning the prohibition, the prevention and the punishment of the crime of genocide.
  2. To consider the relationship between genocide and the cognate concept of crimes against humanity.
  3. To consider specific issues associated with the prevention and punishment of genocide, including the question of incitement to genocide and denial of genocide.
  4. To learn the basic features of the relevant case law concerning genocide, as developed by the International Court of Justice, the International Criminal Court, the ad hoc Tribunals for the former Yugoslavia and Rwanda, and the European Court of Human Rights, as well as that of leading national courts and tribunals.

Assessment

Take-home exam (3,750 words): 50%
Research paper (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Full year 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Trade Marks and Patent Attorneys in relation to Drafting Patent Specifications (Topic Group G). It is designed to provide students with a level of knowledge and understanding so that they can draft a specification to accompany a provisional application, a standard complete application, an international application or an innovation patent application including a set of claims that satisfactorily protects a client's interests in an invention.

Outcomes

  1. Have an enhanced appreciation of and an ability to obtain relevant information about an invention from a client, and from that, given the prior art, draft a specification to accompany a provisional application, a standard complete application, an international application or an innovation patent application including a set of claims that satisfactorily protects a client's interests in the invention.
  2. Exhibit a sound understanding of the principles of drafting a patent specification.
  3. Meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Drafting Patent Specifications (Topic group G).

Assessment

Take-home drafting exercise: 20%
Three take-home drafting exercises: 10% each
Take-home examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

40 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7119 Patents for Inventions or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit is designed to meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Interpretation and Validity of Patent Specifications (Topic Group H). It is designed to provide students with a level of knowledge and understanding so that they will be able to handle the interests of a client in advising on the interpretation, validity and infringement of an Australian patent.

It will teach students to construe an Australian patent specification to determine its scope, and to evaluate:

  1. its validity under the provisions of section 40 of the Patents Act 1990 (Cth)
  2. its validity in light of supplied prior art information, including prior published specifications and/or prior user
  3. the need for amendment in light of the conclusions reached on validity.

The unit will also provide students with an ability to critically examine an Australian patent specification to determine whether one or more of the claims are infringed by a product or process.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should be able to:

  1. advise a client on the interpretation, validity and infringement of an Australian patent
  2. read and construe an Australian patent specification and relevant prior art material.
  3. provide a sound and well-reasoned opinion as to the validity or otherwise of the patent over the given prior art, the requirements of section 40 of the Patents Act 1990 (Cth) and other relevant grounds of invalidity
  4. advise on issues of amendment (where relevant)
  5. provide a sound and well-reasoned opinion as to the issue of infringement
  6. understand the principles of claim interpretation, construction and validity under Australian law
  7. meet the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Interpretation and Validity of Patent Specifications (Topic group H).

Assessment

Take-home written exercise: 20%
Three take-home written exercises: 10% each
Take-home examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

40 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7119 Patents for Inventions or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will build upon the study of Torts in the undergraduate and JD programs and explore a range of controversial contemporary issues in relation to tortious liability. It will enhance student's understanding of the mechanisms through which torts law addresses civil wrongs. It will analyse the social, economical and political constraints in which torts law operates and how they find reflection in liability rules. Where appropriate, the unit will have regard to materials from other jurisdictions and adopt a comparative approach.

The issues considered may vary, depending on topicality, and lecturer and student interest in a given year. They are likely to include some or all of the following:

  1. The Ipp reforms and the role of statute
  2. Developments in liability for psychiatric harm
  3. Liability for infliction of mental distress
  4. Privacy law reform
  5. Changes to the concept of causation in tort
  6. Loss of chance
  7. Wrongful birth and wrongful life
  8. Immunities
  9. Torts and human rights.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate and apply specialised knowledge of a range of current controversies in torts law;
  2. demonstrate advanced skills in interpreting civil liability legislation, tort law cases, academic commentary and law reform materials and applying them to evaluate complex and novel tort law issues;
  3. critically evaluate the effectiveness of torts law in redressing civil wrongs having regard to the social, economic and political context in which tort law operates;
  4. conduct independent research into relevant domestic and international materials on contemporary torts law issues; and
  5. write clear, creative and persuasive opinions and critical essays demonstrating an advanced understanding of contemporary torts issues.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW2201 Torts A and LAW2202 Torts B (or equivalent); or
LAW7266 Principles of torts (or equivalent)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Normann Witzleb; Dr Sirko Harder; The Hon. Justice Tony Pagone

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will examine important remedial issues in commercial disputes and how they can be effectively resolved. It bridges the divide between remedies law, civil procedure and dispute resolution. Issues addressed include pre-emptive remedies, enforcement of bargains, damages for economic loss under common law and statute, the resolution of disputes in commercial partnerships and modern strategies for dispute resolution.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit a student should:

  1. understand the interaction of remedies, civil procedure and dispute resolution in commercial disputes
  2. have acquired specific knowledge in the areas of pre-emptive remedies, enforcement of bargains, redress of economic loss, partnership disputes and strategies for dispute resolution
  3. be able to critically examine current issues concerning remedies in commercial disputes
  4. be able to solve practical problems in commercial disputes and to provide clear and accurate advice to clients.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

Either LLB or LAW7429 Contract B and LAW7266 Principles of Torts.

Co-requisites

LAW7272 Principles of civil procedure if no LLB.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The unit provides students who are new to the study of Australian law with:

  1. a knowledge and understanding of the sources of law in Australia
  2. practical skills in legal research, and an understanding of the nature of legal research
  3. an understanding of the requirements of good legal writing, and practical experience in analysing legal problems, and applying the relevant law to the facts of a case.

Students will be instructed as to the interrelationship between case law and statute law, led through the features of case law and legislation and encouraged to understand the process by which these resources evolve. Students will also learn the principles of statutory interpretation and acquire an ability to interpret law and an understanding of the role of judges in interpreting legislation.

Practical skills in legal research are essential to legal studies (and legal practice) and accordingly students will be assisted in developing these skills as well as developing an understanding of the nature and importance of thorough legal research. Attendance at specified library classes will be a hurdle requirement for undertaking assessment in this unit.

This unit will also assist students in understanding the features of good legal writing, and emphasise how a proper understanding of the law can be applied to produce efficient and accurate legal writing. Assessed tutorials will be employed, to provide students with adequate supervised practice in applying the law to the facts of an individual case, and critical analysis of the merits of particular laws.

Students will be required to submit an individual written assignment of 3,375 words, explaining and critically evaluating a superior court decision, with reference to a limited number of secondary resources chosen by the student after careful research.

Students will also be required to undertake a take-home or supervised examination, applying legislation to the facts of a fictional client's case with reference to relevant case law.

Outcomes

  1. To develop an understanding of the sources of law in Australia and the interrelationship between case law and statute law.
  2. To develop an ability to read and analyse cases and an understanding of the process by which case law evolves.
  3. To become familiar with significant principles of statutory interpretation and acquired an ability to interpret law and an understanding of the role of judges in interpreting legislation.
  4. To understand the nature of legal research.
  5. To be able to undertake independent legal research.
  6. To acquire an understanding of the requirements of good legal writing, including basic matters of style.
  7. To develop the ability to analyse legal problems, to apply relevant law and to argue a case (in written form) to a level appropriate for qualified legal practitioners.

Assessment

Tutorial participation (or written task linked to tutorial activities): 10%
Written assignment (3,375 words): 45%
Examination: at the election of the Chief Examiner, prior to the start of the teaching period, either a take-home examination (3,375 words) OR a supervised examination (30 minutes reading and noting time and 2.5 hours writing time) : 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Ms Rachel Chrapot (Trimester 1)
Dr Martine Marich (Trimester 2)
Ms Oyiela Litaba (Trimester 3)

Contact hours

30 contact hours per teaching period plus 6 hours of library labs (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit examines that part of competition law concerned with regulating third party access to infrastructure and other essential facilities. The primary focus is on the legal and economic rationale for access and the process and decisions under Part IIIA of the Australian Competition and Consumer Act 2010. The availability of the misuse of market power provisions of the Act to deal with access applications is also considered.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are:

  1. to examine and analyse the legal and economic rationale for providing third-party access to existing infrastructure and other 'essential' services
  2. to critically assess the role of the misuse of market power provisions of the Australian Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (and similar provisions in other jurisdictions) in regulating access
  3. to critically assess the role of the access regimes in the Australian Competition and Consumer Act 2010 in regulating access, particularly in Part IIIA of the Act
  4. to critically assess the relevant statutory and case law developed under the above provisions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an understanding of the fundamental principles and concepts in family law and the policies underlying them. It commences with an examination of what is meant by 'family' and the challenges facing family law with the increase in diverse family forms. Included in this discussion are contemporary issues relating the advances in medical technology and the identification of parentage.

Once an understanding of what constitutes 'family' is established, the practice and process of family law including the non-adversarial procedures which have been established to encourage parties to resolve their disputes without the necessity of resorting to litigation are considered. The efficacy and relevance of financial agreements, child support agreements and consent orders are also discussed.

The unit then examine the basic principles relating to the division of property following the relationship breakdown of married couples and de facto couples including same-sex couples. The discussion of the financial aspects on relationship breakdown includes what constitutes property and financial resources as well the approach to the division of superannuation entitlements. The approach of the court to the division and alteration of property interests between the parties and the factors that are taken into account in reaching an outcome are central to this discussion.

The unit also delves into the dynamic and volatile area of disputes surrounding parenting arrangements. Legislation and case law for determining the pathway to suitable parenting arrangements which are in the interests of children are examined. Non-adversarial procedures and parenting plans also form part of the discussion. Criticism of the recent reforms relating to parenting arrangements and potential changes to the legislation are discussed. Issues relating to child support are also briefly dealt with.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have:

  1. acquired an understanding of the fundamental policies underlying the Australian family law system
  2. acquired an understanding of the current challenges and debates surrounding Australian family law
  3. acquired an understanding of the essential concepts of Australian family law
  4. developed a thorough familiarity with the essential provisions of the relevant family law legislation
  5. developed an understanding and be able to analyse and critically comment on a basic property dispute on the breakdown of marriage or a de facto relationship
  6. developed an understanding and be able to analyse and critically comment on a dispute involving parenting arrangements
  7. further developed skills in research, writing, statutory interpretation and legal argument
  8. further developed oral articulation of legal argument during class discussion.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Supervised examination (1 hour plus 15 minutes reading time): 40%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Angela Ward

Notes

Synopsis

This unit builds on the introductory unit LAW7019 European Union law and policy. It focuses on elements of the European Union that are of most interest to external actors. Key topics examined in this unit are:

  1. introduction to the institutions: key European Union organs and external affairs
  2. the Common Foreign and Security Policy: practice unbridled by law
  3. the competence of the European Union to enter into international agreements and the residual authority of its member states
  4. the Common Commercial Policy and the European Union in the international trading system
  5. the External Human Rights Policy of the European Union and its impact on commerce.

Outcomes

Students will develop their knowledge of European Union law and policy by examining in detail several substantive areas of EU law with which policy makers working from 'the outside' are required to grapple. In this way, the unit will provide students with the practical tools for engaging with the EU in their professional lives, and an insight into EU policies that are of most relevance to the international plane.

Assessment

Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Collaborative law is a non-adversarial approach to resolving disputes, whereby the parties, their lawyers and other experts enter a formal agreement to focus on settlement rather than litigation. If the dispute is not resolved and proceeds to litigation, the lawyers engaged in the collaborative process must withdraw. This is set out in the agreement.

Collaborative law has been practised in the United States and Canada for about 15 years. It is now being practised in the United Kingdom and some countries in Europe. It has been used in Australia since 2006.

Collaborative practice is a unique method of dispute resolution which has the potential to deliver ongoing benefits to the general public and Australian professionals working in the law area. This unit provides an overview of collaborative dispute resolution and has been designed specifically practitioners who work in the conflict resolution area. It assumes no prior legal training or knowledge of law, but does assume some basic understanding of negotiation processes and skills. It provides an introduction to collaborative processes and students area assisted in their learning by a series of interactive simulation exercises.

Outcomes

Practical skills will be emphasised and students will be given ample practical exercises to encourage them to integrate the skills. Students will be encouraged to become aware of their own personal style and of the values, attitudes and culture they bring to the resolution of conflicts and of the other styles they can access as appropriate.

The objectives of this unit are to develop in students:

  1. A basic level of understanding of collaborative practice and a comparative international perspective.
  2. A desire to know more about collaborative dispute resolution.
  3. Ongoing refinement of other knowledge and skills in the conflict resolution area.

Upon completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Find, apply and critically assess skills that can be used in collaborative dispute resolution and apply skills and processes to basic fact situations.
  2. Appreciate the importance and diversity of collaborative dispute resolution in society today.
  3. Describe and debate some of the critical issues and major trends in conflict resolution policy and theory.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home problem-based(3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Mediation is an effective way of resolving disputes and is now used around Australia in most courts and tribunals. An extensive pre-litigation scheme also exists and in some areas, parties are required to attend mediation prior to commencing litigation. Mediation is also a growing field in the international and environmental areas where facilitators use these skills to assist the creation of innovative solutions. Conflict resolution skills are increasingly required in management and business relationships, enabling the efficient and effective prevention, management and resolution of disputes and complaints.
This interactive workshop has been developed to assist students to meet part of the National Mediation Accreditation Standard requirements and provides participants with an opportunity to learn the essential negotiation, mediation and communication skills required to become a mediator.
With an emphasis on practical skills, participants are given the opportunity to practice the theory they have learnt by mediating and participating in a range of conflict scenarios. Participants are provided with individual feedback on their style and overall performance by highly qualified practitioners.
In the skills component of this unit, students will work with the mediation model and learn alternative approaches to deal with varying circumstances. Students also will investigate in greater depth theoretical issues and relevant empirical studies in mediation ethics, inter-cultural context, contingent 3rd party interventions, power and empowerment, as well as other topics.

Outcomes

After completing the unit students should know how to:

  1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the facilitative mediation model and the purpose of each stage in the process.
  2. Explain the different approaches to negotiation and when each might be appropriate.
  3. Demonstrate a range of skills and techniques in communication, negotiation and mediation.
  4. Reflect meaningfully on their practical experience and demonstrate an understanding of how their experience relates to conflict resolution theories.
  5. Research and critically discuss some current issues in conflict resolution and effectively present their research findings.

Assessment

One research assignment (5,250 words): 70%
Reflective journal that incorporates research, set tasks and daily reflection (2,250words): 30% OR
For students who also enrol in Mediation: Skills and theory B there is the option to combine the research assignments required in each of Mediation A and B (5,250 words each) and undertake one, larger research assignment (10,500 words) that will count across both subjects: 70%

Students should note that the reflective journal incorporating research, set tasks and daily reflection (2,250 words) will still be required to complete the assessment for Mediation: Skills and theory A: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

30 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Mediation is an effective way of resolving disputes and is now used around Australia in most courts and tribunals. An extensive pre-litigation scheme also exists and in some areas, parties are required to attend mediation prior to commencing litigation. Mediation is also a growing field in the international and environmental areas where facilitators use these skills to assist the creation of innovative solutions. Conflict resolution skills are increasingly required in management and business relationships, enabling the efficient and effective prevention, management and resolution of disputes and complaints.
This interactive workshop has been developed to meet the National Mediation Accreditation Standards and provides participants with the essential negotiation, mediation and communication skills required to become a mediator. The unit A: Advanced Mediation focuses on core theory and skills development required in the NMAS. This unit focuses on refining and assessing skills and developing and extending research work that is focused in the core competency areas.
With an emphasis on practical skills in Part A, participants are given the opportunity to practice the theory they have learnt by mediating and participating in a range of conflict scenarios. In Part B, participants focus on additional ethical issue work and are provided with individual feedback on their style and overall performance by highly qualified practitioners. They are then tested and assessed in accordance with the NMAS.
In the skills component of this unit, students will work with the mediation model and learn alternative approaches to deal with varying circumstances. Students also will investigate in greater depth theoretical issues and relevant empirical studies in mediation ethics, inter-cultural context, contingent 3rd party interventions, power and empowerment, as well as other topics
Please note that, because of resourcing requirements, there is a quota in this unit. If you miss out on a place, you may place yourself of the waiting list by emailing law-pgstudents@monash.edu

Outcomes

The unit is designed to enable students to apply for accreditation as a mediator under the National Mediation Accreditation System. After completing the unit students should know how to:

  1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the facilitative mediation model and the purpose of each stage in the process.
  2. Explain the different approaches to negotiation and when each might be appropriate.
  3. Demonstrate a range of skills and techniques in communication, negotiation and mediation.
  4. Reflect meaningfully on their practical experience and demonstrate an understanding of how their experience relates to conflict resolution theories.
  5. Research and critically discuss some current issues in conflict resolution and effectively present (orally and in writing) their research findings.

Assessment

One research assignment (5,250 words): 70%
DVD and written exam assesment of mediation (at least 90 minutes) :15%
Oral presentation of research (30 minutes): 15% OR
For students who also enrol in Mediation: Skills and theory A there is the option to combine the research assignments required in each of Mediation A and B (5,250 words each) and undertake one, larger research assignment (10,500 words) that will count across both subjects: 70%

Students should note that the DVD and written exam assessment of mediation (at least 90 minutes: 15%) and the oral presentation of research (30 minutes: 15%): will still be required to complete the assessment for Mediation: Skills and theory B

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

28 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

LAW7475 Advanced mediation: skills and theory A


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Students will study the following topics:

  1. Australian legal and political institutions, including the institutions of government , the constitutional framework and division of powers
  2. Sources of law in Australia, including the historical origins of our legal system, common law and equity, legislation and delegated legislation and the contemporary relationship between the courts and Parliament.
  3. Legal writing including an introduction to legal terminology, an overview of the different types of writing required in the Law School and a discussion of the criteria for assessment.
  4. Case law and the doctrine of precedent
  5. Statutory interpretation.
  6. Professional conduct for Trade Marks and Patent Attorneys, including such issues as registration, professional liability and negligence issues, conflicts of interest, privilege, confidentiality, maintenance of rights and monitoring systems, fiduciary obligations to clients, and the Institute of Patent and Trade Mark Attorneys Code of Conduct.

Outcomes

On completion of the course students should have:

  1. met the requirements of the Professional Standards Board for Patent and Trade Marks Attorneys in relation to Legal Process and Overview of Intellectual Property (topic group A, part 1) and Professional Conduct (topic group B)
  2. acquired a thorough understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of trade marks and patent attorneys
  3. developed an understanding of the legal and political institutions in Australia
  4. developed an understanding of the sources of law in Australia and the interrelationship between case law and statute law
  5. acquired an ability to read and analyse cases and an understanding of the process by which case law evolves
  6. become familiar with significant principles of statutory interpretation and acquired an ability to interpret law and an understanding of the role of judges in interpreting legislation
  7. learned how to search for and locate cases, statutory law and secondary materials in the Law Library
  8. acquired an understanding of the requirements of good legal writing, including basic matters of style.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,000 words): 40%
One take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%
One take-home assignment (1,500 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Topics include: theories, history, politics and practice of public international law; the sources of public international law; the relationship between international and national law; the role of the different subjects of public international law; the system of Statehood and territorial sovereignty; jurisdiction, privileges and immunity in public international law; the responsibility of States for internationally wrongful acts; the use of force by States and self-defence; international dispute resolution and the pacific settlement of disputes; key areas of the practice of public international law, and some of the challenges and future developments in public international law.

Outcomes

On completion of this subject students should understand and be able to critically analyse, research and apply the following knowledge:

  • the theories, history, politics and practice of public international law;
  • the sources of public international law, how they are understood and applied in a fragmented legal terrain;
  • the relationship between international and national law and how specifically one can be interpreted and applied in the other (with a particular emphasis on the complex system in Australia);
  • the role of the different subjects of public international law; the primary role of States, the crucial role of international institutions (especially the United Nations) and the growing role of individuals, corporations and others in the international legal system;
  • the system of Statehood and territorial sovereignty;
  • jurisdiction, privileges and immunity in public international law;
  • the responsibility of States for internationally wrongful acts;
  • the use of force by States and self-defence, including questions of legitimacy, peacekeeping, the emerging practice of humanitarian intervention and the role of the UN Security Council;
  • international dispute resolution and the pacific settlement of disputes, including the use of different courts and tribunals, commercial and other arbitration systems, etc;
  • areas of the practice of public international law, such as Law of the Sea, Trade and Finance law, Human Rights, Environmental law and International Criminal law; and
  • some of the challenges and future developments in public international law.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Evening)

Notes

Synopsis

The unit examines the law and practice of debt capital markets transactions. The course focuses on Australian law but also deals with English law as well as EU law and US law aspects as they are relevant to Australian issuers accessing the international capital markets.

The course examines how debt capital markets work. There is an in depth analysis of the structure, the documents and the regulation of each of:

  1. Australian domestic capital markets;
  2. Australian issuers accessing the Euro markets; and
  3. Australian issuers accessing the US markets.

There will also be a discussion of various other markets which are able to be accessed by Australian issuers.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students should:

  • have an understanding of how the Australian and key international debt capital markets operate and how Australian issuers can access these markets;
  • have an understanding of the historical development of these markets and their importance;
  • understand in detail the documentary process for debt capital markets transactions and the differences between the Australian and other international debt capital markets;
  • have a good general understanding of how an issue into the debt capital markets is undertaken, including the listing process and the clearing systems;
  • understand the key regulation of issues (and secondary sales) in the debt capital markets and the differences between Australian, European and US regulation, and how an issue may be affected by more than one system of regulation; and
  • have a broad understanding of the key tax considerations in accessing the Australian domestic debt capital markets and have an overall understanding of how the USA attempts to regulate bearer bank issues which may come into the United States.

Assessment

Class participation (preparation and participation in discussion at one session: 10% (awarded for satisfactory participation); one research assignment (3,375 words): 45%; one take-home examination (3,375 words): 45%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

LAW7263 or its equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Summer semester A 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

Although Australia has ratified the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, children's rights are arguably still not well protected in Australia. This unit looks at the extent to which Australia is complying with its international obligations under the Convention on the Rights of the Child. It does this through analysing domestic laws, policies and practices relating to children's rights at both a state and federal level. Specific issues are analysed including, children in family law, children in juvenile justice, children in child protection and Indigenous children. We consider the ongoing challenges to the full realisation of children's rights in Australia, and what reforms might overcome these challenges.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. appreciate the historical development of children's rights in Australia;
  2. have a comprehensive understanding of Australian laws and policies pertaining to children's rights, and how these compare to the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child
  3. have a comprehensive understanding of Australia's approach to the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, including its reservations to that treaty and its dealings with the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child
  4. have a comprehensive understanding of particular issues relating to children's rights in Australia including:
    1. children in the family law system;
    2. children in the juvenile justice system;
    3. children in child protection; and
    4. Indigenous children.
  5. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on a number of specific challenges to the full realisation of children's rights in Australia, including lack of incorporation of the Convention on the Rights of the Child into domestic law, absence of children's ombudsman; and lack of uniform approach amongst different Australian states and territories;
  6. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the Australian system(s) for protecting children's rights;
  7. be able to understand, evaluate and apply policy arguments for and against reform of Australian laws, policies and practices surrounding children's rights;
  8. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve Australian issues relating to children's rights;
  9. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of children's rights in Australia; and
  10. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

One research assignment (6,750 words): 90%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

Securing the rights of children remains a challenge in the 21st century. Although the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CROC) is the most ratified of any of the human rights treaties (only the United States and Somalia have failed to ratify), the full realisation of children's rights remains a challenge. Children continue to be exploited and abused on a regular basis and the use of child labour and child soldiers continues. In addition, violence against children and the mistreatment of child refugees is a concern in many countries. This unit provides an in-depth analysis of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child and its implementation around the world.

Outcomes

Students successfully completing this unit should be able to:

  1. appreciate the historical development of children's rights within the broader international human rights movement;
  2. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the theoretical debates about what it means to take a rights based approach to issues concerning children;
  3. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on the international approach to children's rights;
  4. have a comprehensive understanding of the international human rights obligations and standards pertaining to children's rights, including the relevant international treaties;
  5. have a comprehensive understanding of the international human rights system as it relates to the protection children's rights, including the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child;
  6. have a comprehensive understanding of the variety of mechanisms in place in different countries for the implementation of the international norms pertaining to children's rights;
  7. understand and be able to analyse and critically comment on a number of specific challenges to the full realisation of children's rights, including economic pressures, political will (or lack thereof) and social and cultural factors;
  8. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the UN processes for protecting children's rights, including the state reporting system;
  9. be able to understand, evaluate and apply policy arguments for and against reform of the international system surrounding children's rights;
  10. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, laws and precedents and apply them to resolve issues relating to children's rights;
  11. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of children's rights; and
  12. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

One research assignment (6,000 words): 80%
Class participation: 10%
Poster presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites

LAW7026 - Overview of international human rights law


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

The purpose is to give prospective students a good understanding of the content of the unit. Your summary should be at least half a page. (Note: The summary is published on the web.)
The term 'transitional justice' refers to the various judicial and non-judicial measures that may be implemented in order to redress a legacy of human rights abuses. Such measures include criminal prosecutions, truth commissions, reparations and different forms of institutional reform.
This unit will begin by providing an overview of the concept of transitional justice and the different transitional justice mechanisms in order to provide the basic theoretical framework for the contextual analysis which comprises the essence of this unit.
Following an exploration of the theoretical framework we then begin to engage in a detailed analysis of a number of transitional justice programmes in order to gain an in-depth understanding of the operation of transitional justice mechanisms in practice. With respect to each case study we will consider: the transitional justice mechanisms which were implemented, the success of the different transitional justice mechanisms, hurdles faced in implementing such mechanisms, criticisms of the implementation, and the interaction between the different mechanisms.
For example, in the case of South Africa we will analyse: the nature of the apartheid regime and the harms perpetrated by this regime, the end of apartheid and the nature of the regime change, the establishment of a new constitution which protects both civil and political rights as well as economic, social and cultural rights. We will then proceed to engage in detailed analysis of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission, including the amnesty programme established in conjunction with the Commission, and will consider the other transitional justice mechanisms which have been implemented in South Africa and the criticisms which have been directed at the programme as a whole. For example, the lack of follow-up prosecutions has been the subject of a significant amount of criticism.
In addition to exploring the transitional justice programmes implemented in different countries, we will also engage in a comparative analysis of the various case studies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should:

  • have an understanding of prosecutions as a mechanism for dealing with a legacy of human rights abuse;
  • have an understanding of truth commissions as a mechanism for dealing with a legacy of human rights abuse;
  • have an understanding of the role of various forms of reparations schemes in dealing with a legacy of human rights abuse;
  • have an understanding of other traditional and community responses to human rights abuse and social rupture, particularly conflict affected communities;
  • have an understanding of the concept of institutional reform in the context of a society addressing a legacy of human rights abuse;
  • have an in-depth understanding of the implementation of specific transitional justice programmes (such as the Truth and Reconciliation Commission in South Africa) and the criticisms which have been directed at such programmes; and
  • have insight into the ways in which the various transitional justice mechanisms could be utilised in a range of contexts, including in Australia.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements).

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

Topics include: security (nature of security, negative pledge, subordination); fixed and floating charges; everyday issues and common pitfalls in finance law; guarantees; insolvency issues; loans and debt finance; syndicated financing; project financing; aircraft financing; domestic and international capital markets; securitisation; derivatives, netting and set-off; and tax considerations.

Outcomes

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • be familiar with the basic principles of the law and the practice of corporate finance
  • be familiar with legal and commercial aspects of various forms of debt finance, including secured and unsecured transactions and other forms of raising debt
  • understand the concept of the 'capital markets' particularly debt capital markets as a means of raising funds by Australian issuers in both the Australian domestic market and in the international capital market
  • be able to analyse international financial transactions in the context of market practice having regard to the legal, contractual, regulatory and taxation regime in Australia, the Euro markets and, to a limited extent, the US market.

Assessment

Participation in workshop: 10%
Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,000 words): 40%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The unit focuses on providing the students with an understanding of fundamental aspects of the legal and constitutional systems of Malaysia and Singapore. Topics covered include the making of the Malaysian and Singapore constitutions, the King, Rulers and the Constitution, the 1983 Constitutional Crisis, the 1993 Constitutional Crisis, Emergency Powers and Preventive Detention Laws, the Malaysian Judiciary, religious freedom in Malaysia and Singapore's Presidency.

Outcomes

On completing the unit, the student should be able to:

  • appreciate the key features of the constitutional systems of Malaysia and Singapore
  • evaluate the significance of political and legal developments in relation to constitutionalism in Malaysia and Singapore.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (On-campus block of classes)

Notes

Synopsis

This course focuses on managing personalities in conflict resolution, particularly resolving disputes involving "high-conflict" personalities. The course will help students and practicing professionals recognize personality styles, choose appropriate intervention techniques, and maintain ethical principles while dealing with difficult people professionally and personally.
The first half of the course will focus on understanding the dynamics of personality in conflict, especially the impact of "high-conflict" personalities in legal and workplace disputes. Research will be examined which indicates that people with personality disorders are increasing in society at large, as well as in legal disputes in particular. Five personality disorders will be specifically analysed in terms of their mental health issues, but also their high-conflict dynamics: borderline, narcissistic, paranoid, antisocial and histrionic. Attention will be paid to patterns of these personality disorders which unconsciously tend toward all-or-nothing thinking, unmanaged emotions, extreme behaviour and a preoccupation with blaming others. The pattern of their "targets of blame" will be addressed, which tends to include the people closest to them and people in authority. This pattern tends to lead them into conflicts which escalate into workplace and legal disputes - either as plaintiffs bringing suit over misplaced blame for events in their lives (e.g. false allegations and frivolous lawsuits), or as defendants due to interpersonal misconduct that harms others and needs to be controlled (e.g. domestic violence and restraining orders). The phenomenon will be examined of "negative advocates" who often join them in their high-conflict disputes, including family members, friends and some unwary professionals, who add to the confusion and intensity of the conflict.
The second half of this course addresses how to manage individual clients, two or more parties in disputes, and systems involving many high-conflict parties. Methods will be taught and practiced in role-play exercises, including client counselling, coaching potentially high-conflict employees, coaching potentially high-conflict parties in separation and divorce, mediating high-conflict legal disputes, mediating workplace conflicts (when appropriate), managing high-conflict complainants with government agencies, and system-wide interventions to reduce high-conflict behaviour in organizations. Innovative methods will include "New Ways for Families" - a method in use in 6 family court jurisdictions in the United States and Canada; "New Ways for Work" - a new method for workplace coaching of potentially high-conflict employees; "The Exchange" - a new method of workplace conflict resolution being applied in government and healthcare organizations in the United States; and "HCI Pattern Analysis" - a new computer method of tracking and presenting high-conflict behaviour patterns in administrative and court hearings
Many of the most effective methods for managing high-conflict people are counter-intuitive, so that practice and discussion are necessary to implement these methods, especially when under stress. However, the course will teach methods of recognizing potential high-conflict behaviour patterns and ways to possibly prevent situations from escalating. This course will emphasize lecture, group discussion and role-play exercises to assist students and professionals in ethically managing their responses to high-conflict people with confidence and many useful strategies.

Outcomes

At the end of this course students will be able to:

  1. identify "high-conflict" personality disorders and their common conflict dynamics;
  2. understand the frequent cognitive distortions and preoccupation with blaming behaviour of high-conflict personalities;
  3. understand and apply as appropriate brain research theory to calming high-conflict emotions and behaviour;
  4. understand and apply methods for handling high-conflict personalities in legal and workplace disputes;
  5. understand and manage "negative advocates" common in these high-conflict disputes;
  6. manage collaborative relationships among professionals in high-conflict cases;
  7. understand and apply skills for managing high conflict mediation of disputes;
  8. understand methods for coaching individual clients to deal with high conflict situations;
  9. understand and apply methods for intervening in workplace disputes involving high conflict personalities; and
  10. understand a pattern analysis of high conflict behaviour in court and other types of hearings.

Assessment

One reflective journal that incorporates research, set tasks and daily reflection,
(3,750 words): 50%
One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to complete a reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

In 2006, Victoria enacted the landmark Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act (2006) ("Charter"), which incorporates civil and political rights into the domestic law of Victoria. The Charter provides a domestic avenue for the resolution of human rights disputes that were previously addressed in a piecemeal fashion under non-human rights specific laws and, on occasion, referred to unenforceable international fora for dispute resolution. This unit focuses on the history, development and operation of the Charter.

Students undertaking this unit will study the history, development and theoretical framework of the Charter within the Victorian, Australian and comparative settings. Students will consider the different structures and mechanisms employed by comparative human rights instruments, and the impact these differences have on the relevance of those instruments to the Charter.

Students will gain a comprehensive understanding of how the Charter operates in Victoria by thoroughly and critically exploring the scope of the rights, the powers to place restrictions on rights, the impact of the Victorian Charter on the development and interpretation of legislation, the impact of the Victorian Charter on public authorities, and the complex relationships that are established between various entities under the Charter. The analytical approach to the material will enable students to contribute to debate about reform of the Charter.

The unit will also develop various skills of students, including statutory interpretation and jurisprudence analysis.

This unit will appeal to all students, particularly those with an interest in human rights, constitutional law, administrative law, social justice and law reform.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. Understand the history, development and theoretical framework of the Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act 2006 (Vic) (Victorian Charter) within the Victorian, Australian and comparative settings, with an emphasis on human rights legislation in Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, South African and the Australian Capital Territory;
  2. Be able to identify and appreciate the different rights, structures and mechanisms employed by comparative human rights instruments, and the impact these differences have on the relevance of those instruments to the Victorian Charter;
  3. Have a comprehensive understanding of the rights protected under the Victorian Charter;
  4. Have a comprehensive understanding of the ways rights can be restricted under the Victorian Charter (including internal and external limitations, and the override provision), and the ability to apply and analyse the various legal tests associated with these restrictions;
  5. Understand, and be able to analyse and critically comment on, the mechanisms of the Victorian Charter that impact on legislation, including the pre-legislative mechanism (s 28), the legislative mechanism (s 30) and interpretative obligations (ss 32 and 36) under the Victorian Charter;
  6. Understand, and be able to analyse and critically comment on, the mechanisms of the Victorian Charter that impact on public authorities, including being able to identify public authorities (ss 4 and 38), the scope of their human rights obligations (s 38), and the remedies available for a breach of their human rights obligation (s 39);
  7. Be able to identify the entities with responsibilities under the Victorian Charter, and have a sophisticated understanding of the interactions that occur between those entities;
  8. Be able to meaningful contribute to debate about reform of the Victorian Charter, including understanding the legislatively mandated review processes under the Victorian Charter, and the current debates surroundings reform options;
  9. Be able to find and analyse relevant resources relating to the Victorian Charter, including statements of compatibility, parliamentary reports, and jurisprudence;
  10. Further develop legal research, writing, and argument skills in the area of the Victorian Charter; and
  11. Further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

Option A:
One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Option B:
One research assignment (5,625 words): 75%
One take-home examination (1,875 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit looks at the body of law that Australian courts apply to commercial disputes in which not all facts are linked to a single jurisdiction. There may be links to foreign countries or to more than one Australian jurisdiction. The main questions considered in this unit are:

  • when do the Australian courts assume jurisdiction in cross-border commercial disputes?
  • when can foreign judgments in commercial disputes be recognised and enforced in Australia?
  • what are the general principles of choosing the applicable law in cross-border commercial disputes?
  • what are the specific rules of choosing the applicable law for obligations and property?
  • what are the theories underlying the rules on choice of law?

This unit may be of particular interest to students who are working, or intend to work, in commercial practice.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should

  1. be in a position to identify when a particular commercial dispute involving a foreign element raises conflictual issues, and what those issues are;
  2. have an appreciation of the rules that govern the jurisdiction of Australian courts in cross-border commercial disputes;
  3. have an appreciation of the rules that govern the recognition and enforcement in Australia of foreign judgments in commercial disputes;
  4. have an appreciation of the choice-of-law process in general and the particular choice-of-law rules for issues relating to obligations and property;
  5. be aware of the theoretical and policy justifications for the conflictual rules mentioned;
  6. have some awareness of how conflictual issues in commercial disputes are resolved in other jurisdictions, both under the common law and under civil law.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering.

Prerequisites

Either LLB or LAW7429, LAW7266, LAW7267 and LAW7269.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the history, development and implementation of the international response to human trafficking as a response to irregular migration at the end of the 1990s decade. It presents the background to the responses to human trafficking under the 'narratives' of prostitution and exploitative labour migration. It examines the obligations under the Convention on Transnational Organised Crime (CTOC), the relationship between the CTOC and the two Protocols there under (the Trafficking and Migrants Protocols) and oversight of CTOC at the international level. It evaluates the definition of trafficking in the Trafficking Protocol, including the issues the definition raises in relation to prosecution of human trafficking. It examines the overlaps between human trafficking, forced labour and slavery and between human trafficking and smuggling of migrants.
It describes the implementation of the Trafficking Protocol obligations to cooperate, prevent and protect in Australian law, and the impact of a federal system on such. For example, it discusses the identification of trafficked persons through cooperation between state and federal agents, obstacles to an effective criminal justice response, and protection measures for trafficked persons. It measures the latter against the standards in other international and regional instruments, and human rights standards. It discusses new and emerging issues of human trafficking such as trafficking in the context of labour recruitment practices, and international marriage migration, and Australia's responses to such.
It also examines and evaluates Australia's external response to human trafficking within the region, through AusAID funded projects, and through working with ASEAN. It evaluates the role of international and national non-government organizations (INGOs and NGOs) in this context. It examines the lessons that Australia can learn from regional responses to human trafficking. For example, it will examine the issue of trafficking of children, and how this is dealt with under the anti- trafficking framework and in the region.
In this unit, comparisons will be made with responses in other jurisdictions, in order to evaluate Australia's legal responses to human trafficking. This unit will appeal to all students, particularly those with an interest in human rights, comparative law, international law, labour law, criminal justice and law reform.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. Understand the history, development and framework of the Convention on Transnational Organised Crime (CTOC), and the relationship between the CTOC and the two Protocols there under (the Trafficking and Migrants Protocols) in international law.
  2. Be able to understand and apply the definition of trafficking in the Trafficking Protocol to exploitative situations in different contexts, including labour, marriage and prostitution.
  3. Evaluate the issues which the Trafficking Protocol definition raises in relation to prosecution of human trafficking.
  4. Evaluate the overlaps between human trafficking, forced labour and slavery and between human trafficking and smuggling of migrants.
  5. Understand, and be able to analyse and critically comment on, the implementation of the Trafficking Protocol obligations to cooperate, prevent and protect trafficked persons in Australian law.
  6. Be able to compare and contrast the implementation of the Trafficking Protocol obligations to cooperate, prevent and protect in Australian law with other jurisdictions.
  7. Understand, and be able to analyse and critically comment on, the rights, including rights to remedies, of trafficked persons in Australian law, measured against human rights and comparative responses. In particular under this objective students will examine issues of access to justice for trafficked persons and state accountability.
  8. Be able to find and analyse relevant resources relating to comparative implementation of the anti-trafficking (CTOC and Trafficking Protocol) framework.
  9. Further develop legal research, writing, and argument skills by way of critical analysis of international, regional, transnational and domestic responses to trafficking, including analysis of Australian anti-trafficking laws and policy.
  10. Contribute to debate on anti-trafficking laws and policy in a meaningful way.
  11. Further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
OR
Research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) First semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Current Issues in Copyright requires no prior copyright knowledge: the introduction to the course will be taught lecture style to provide foundational principles for newcomers to the field and a refresher for those who already have some familiarity with copyright law. The remainder of the unit will be conducted seminar-style. Readings for each topic will be assigned in advance, and students will contribute short position papers in response throughout the semester. Courteous debate probing all sides of the various issues and identification of the underlying assumptions and value judgments will be encouraged.

The nature of this unit is that it is ever-changing: as new legal and policy issues challenge global and national copyright regulation, they'll be added to the curriculum. Having said that, the following provides a useful overview of the kinds of topics that are likely to be dealt with:

  • The orphan works problem - how might the law be reformed to give better effect to the underlying aims of the copyright law?
  • Large-scale digital copyright infringement - why do people commit infringement? Is a legislative response the best solution?
  • Secondary liability of Internet Service Providers and graduated response laws
  • Protection of computer-generated works and factual compilations
  • Circumvention of technological protection measures and 'jailbreaking'
  • Copyright exceptions - reforming Australia's limited copyright exceptions framework. Should we have a dynamic 'fair use' exception? Should timeshifting to remote storage be permitted? What about tributes, remixes and mashups?
  • Moral rights - how does Australia's moral rights regime stack up internationally? Does it reach an appropriate balance?
  • Regulation of online infringement and 'bit roots' internet activism. Why did Bills like SOPA/PIPA fail?

Student input into the development of the curriculum is encouraged. If you wish to propose a particular issue for inclusion within the subject in any given year, please email the lecturer with your suggestion as early as possible.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should:

  1. have an appreciation of the policies and objectives underlying national and international copyright regulation;
  2. be able to critically comment on those policies and objectives (both orally and in writing) and to relate them to proposals for law reform;
  3. have an appreciation of the basic features of the international rules governing the protection of copyright and the way in which they shape domestic and international laws;
  4. be able to think laterally to propose potential reforms, and to critically evaluate their likely impact upon current policy challenges;
  5. have an understanding of the impact of technological change on the formulation and protection of the rights studied; and
  6. have enhanced their skills of case analysis and statutory interpretation.

Assessment

Three short position papers during semester (1500 words each, 3 x 20%): 60%
In-class presentations of position papers (3 x 10%): 30%.
General class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit investigates how and why businesses respond to the multitude of efforts made to influence or 'regulate' their behavior for the social and economic good at the local, national, and global levels by means of government regulation, industry self-regulation and civil society voluntary codes of conduct, labeling and certification schemes. Regulating Business is a practical and interdisciplinary course that critically examines the typical policy assumption that regulation is enough on its own. Case studies and examples will come from both 'social regulation' (aimed at averting environmental catastrophe, preventing accidents and ill health in mines, factories, transport and food production systems, secure the delivery of a range of essential services (power, water, housing, communication) in an equitable way, achieve justice and social inclusion for the disadvantaged and keep people's assets and livelihoods safe from financial crisis), and 'economic regulation' (to curb monopoly, promote competition, and to set standards for prices and quality in industries where competition is thought to have failed).

This unit will examine:

  1. what motivates firms and business people to respond to regulation in different ways, and especially whether to comply or not
  2. how the internal characteristics and capacities of business firms and people assist them in responding to regulation, and whether there are ways that compliance and corporate social responsibility schemes can be designed to help them comply better
  3. the influence of different regulatory enforcement strategies and styles on how business firms and people respond to regulation
  4. how regulation and responses to regulation emerge from regulators' and businesses' interactions with their broader social, economic and political environments.

Outcomes

A candidate who has successfully completed the subject should:

  • Have a good knowledge of the range of local, national and global attempts by governments, industry and civil society to regulate business for the social and economic good, and be able to analyse the mechanisms by which they attempt to garner compliance.
  • Know and understand the evidence as to the social, economic and normative factors that motivate business people and their firms to respond to regulation in different ways.
  • Know and understand the evidence as to how the internal characteristics and capacities of business firms and people assist them in responding to regulation, and whether there are ways that compliance and corporate social responsibility schemes can be designed to help them comply better.
  • Know and understand the evidence as to the influence of different regulatory enforcement strategies and styles on how business firms and people respond to regulation.
  • Know and understand the evidence as to how regulation and responses to regulation emerge from regulators' and businesses' interactions with their broader social, economic and political environments.
  • Be able to critically evaluate the legitimacy, and likely effectiveness of, the use of different regulatory tools and enforcement techniques in specific situations - by reference to law, regulation theory and empirical evidence.
  • Be able to apply the knowledge acquired in this unit as to why businesses respond to regulation in different ways to design regulatory tools and regulatory enforcement strategies that are likely to maximise compliance by business with regulation in the context of advising on regulatory policy or implementing regulation.
  • Be able to apply the knowledge acquired in this unit as to why businesses respond to regulation in different ways to help design and implement effective compliance and corporate social and legal responsibility systems to help business comply with regulation in the context of practical management and/or legal counselling.
  • Understand and be able to apply in practice the range of responses available to businesses and individuals and their advisors in preventing and responding to regulation and potential investigations of breaches of regulation, and the dynamics of the relationship between regulators and regulatees - including theories of responsive regulation and cooperative compliance.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This subject is divided into three main parts. In the first part, an examination will be made of what are said to be the philosophical underpinnings of the notion of freedom of speech. Those underpinnings will be critically assessed, and their limitations, with regard to particular forms of speech, analysed. In this part of the course consideration will also be given to what we should appropriately regard as constituting "speech" in the context of freedom of speech - for instance, should the wearing of religious adornments count as "speech" for the purposes of freedom of speech? Consideration will be given, too, to what is appropriately understood by "freedom" in the context of freedom of speech and what such freedom requires - for example, in order for there to be "freedom of speech" in the requisite sense, is it necessary that there be laws positively enabling speech? Or is it sufficient simply that there be no laws prohibiting or limiting speech?
In the second part of the course, an examination will first of all be made of Australia's obligations, pursuant to international law, with regard to the provision of freedom of speech. Then, consideration will be given to the protections actually afforded to freedom of speech both in Australia and overseas. In an Australian context, in-depth consideration will be given to the implied freedom of political communication contained in the Australian Constitution and to the so-called principle of "legality", used in statutory interpretation to limit the circumstances in which statutory power can infringe upon fundamental rights (including freedom of speech). Consideration will also be given to the relevant provisions of the Victorian Charter.
In an overseas context, students will be provided with an overview of the protection afforded to freedom of speech in the United States, Canada and the European Community. Comparisons will be drawn with the protection afforded in Australia.
In the third part of the course - which will occupy about half of the course - in-depth consideration will be given to various Australian legal regimes that prohibit, restrict or otherwise regulate certain kinds of speech (and which, therefore, restrict or regulate freedom of speech). These regimes will be drawn from a pool including (but not necessarily limited to) regimes that prohibit, restrict or regulate racial or religious vilification; obscenity and pornography; incitement to illegal conduct; defamation; campaign speech and commercial speech.
In respect of each regime that is considered, critical analysis will be undertaken as to whether the limitations on freedom of speech imposed by the regime are justified, by reference both to the underlying principles in support of freedom of speech generally, and to the specific objectives that are sought to be achieved by the regime in question.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should:

  1. Understand, the justifications said to underpin freedom of speech, including the limitations of those justifications with regard to particular forms of speech.
  2. Be familiar with critiques of certain of the justifications said to underpin freedom of speech, and have formed a view as to the persuasiveness of those critiques.
  3. Understand Australia's obligations to provide for freedom of speech pursuant to international law.
  4. Appreciate the protection, such as it is, accorded to freedom of speech in Australian law, and understand the limited nature of that protection.
  5. Be alert to, and familiar with, criticisms that have been made of judicial approaches with respect to the protection of freedom of speech in Australian law.
  6. Be familiar with the protection accorded to freedom of speech in the United States, Canada, and the European Community.
  7. Understand the limitations imposed on freedom of speech in Australia, in a number of different contexts, selected from a pool including (but not necessarily limited to): racial and religious vilification; obscenity and pornography; incitement to illegal conduct; defamation; campaign finance; and commercial speech.
  8. Have formed a considered view about whether the limitations imposed on freedom of speech by various regimes in Australian law are justified, both by reference to general freedom of speech principles, and also by reference to the purposes of the particular regimes.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

This unit provides a comprehensive introduction to, as well as critical analysis of, key issues in the study of health regulation, case law and policy in Australia. Topics covered in the course unit include introduction to the regulatory framework of the Australian health system; the law of consent to, and refusal of, medical treatment; access to, privacy and confidentiality of medical records; abortion; regulation of assisted reproductive technologies; regulation of human biological materials (organs, blood, tissue); regulation of (emerging) health technologies; crime and healthcare; patient redress and quality and safety in healthcare. The contemporary nature of the unit means its content will change from time to time, as will the emphasis placed on certain topics.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have a good understanding of key aspects of the regulatory framework of the Australian health system;
  2. understand key aspects of health regulation, case law and policy in Australia including the law relating to both consent, as well as refusal of, medical treatment; access to, privacy and confidentiality of medical records; abortion; regulation of assisted reproductive technologies; regulation of human biological materials (organs, tissue, blood); regulation of (emerging) health technologies; crime and healthcare; patient redress and quality and safety in healthcare;
  3. be able to analyse and critically comment on a number of specific challenges and current areas of debate in health regulation, case law and policy in Australia;
  4. be able to critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of key areas in health law in Australia.
  5. be able to understand, evaluate and apply policy arguments for and against reform of key areas in health law in Australia;
  6. be able to identify or find the relevant principles, regulation and case law and apply them to resolve issues that arise in health law in Australia;
  7. further develop legal research, writing, and legal argument skills in the area of health law in Australia; and
  8. further develop oral skills in legal argumentation in class discussions.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50% and take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 3 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Some of the topics to be explored include:

  • the procedural challenges associated with each of the above-mentioned types of negotiation
  • agency tensions for lawyers working in commercial contexts
  • in a field focused strongly on financial interests, does "relationship" matter?
  • designing deals for maximum value
  • managing the negotiation process "at the table"
  • strategic preparation and moves "away from the table" to set up the best conditions for negotiation
  • cross-border negotiations
  • multiparty dynamics and other challenges arising from specific types of negotiation such as corporate collapse, insolvency, class actions, negotiations with regulators, etc.
  • ethics in commercial negotiations
  • the impact of the legal system on commercial negotiation (and vice versa)
  • topics of interest to students based on their personal and professional experience

The unit will be delivered in a highly interactive fashion. Negotiation role-plays, small group exercises and discussions, and full-class discussions will be used extensively to explore themes introduced through interactive lectures, guest lectures and audio-visual input. Teaching in this advanced-level unit will presume that students have existing knowledge and experience of negotiation, although no specific units have been set as pre-requisites.

Outcomes

The objectives of this unit are to develop in students:

  1. A deeper understanding of negotiation in commercial contexts
  2. Improved skills for dealing with challenges in commercial negotiations
  3. Ongoing refinement of other knowledge and skills in the conflict resolution area.

Upon completion of the unit, students should be able to:

  1. Understand, describe and apply analytical frameworks relevant to commercial negotiations
  2. Apply and critically reflect upon appropriate skills for commercial negotiation
  3. Describe and debate some of the critical issues and major trends in the theory and practice of commercial negotiation.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering. Students will be expected to do reading set for class, and to undertake additional research and reading applicable to a 6 credit point unit.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Trimester 1 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

Students will learn advanced evidence skills in the trial context, in particular, practical skills of factual analysis, reasoning, methods of analysing and marshalling evidence and problem-solving, and constructing, criticising & evaluating complex arguments.

The syllabus of the course will cover:

  1. Advanced research, analysis and practical application in the trial context of a selection of some of the more complex and contested rules of evidence, such as opinion evidence, hearsay, tendency & coincidence evidence, circumstantial evidence, the rule in Browne v Dunn, the rule in Jones v Dunkel, and the principles of judicial notice.
  2. Where skills of analysis for proof & argument are required in litigation including gathering evidence, advising clients, drafting court documents, pre-trial applications, briefs on evidence and trial preparation.
  3. Methods, formats and uses for chronologies, such as how chronologies can assist to identify gaps or inconsistencies in evidence.
  4. Investigation including imaginative investigative thinking to confirm or eliminate possibilities, and methods of marshalling evidence to develop a case theory such as marshalling according to scenario or source of evidence.
  5. How to argue from and about evidence, including developing arguments about documentary evidence, the reliability of witnesses, charting witness credibility, relevance, inferences, missing evidence and probative value.
  6. Developing a case theory, matching evidence to the theory.
  7. Mapping arguments to support case theory and evidence, such as by prose, chart and outline format.
  8. Students will examine case studies in class, drawn from many areas of law that may include criminal law, family law, contract, tort, equity and administrative law, the purpose being to emphasise the transferable nature of the skills of factual analysis and argument taught in the unit across all areas of law.

The unit has some, but not significant overlap, with units on Evidence and on Advocacy. It has some overlap with Evidence in that students develop knowledge and skills to analyse the rules of evidence, but at a more detailed and advanced level, with a focus on practical problem-solving in the trial context. It has some overlap with Advocacy, in that students will learn case analysis, and how to develop a case theory with a view to preparation of argument, but not specifically learn courtroom advocacy or trial process.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Develop advanced methodologies for investigation and case analysis, trial preparation, proof and argument at trial.
  2. Identify, understand and explain methods of factual proof according to some of the more complex and contested issues of evidence law applicable in Victoria.
  3. Identify and evaluate practical difficulties in the gathering and presentation of evidence and evidentiary argument in Victorian courts.
  4. Critically assess how miscarriages of justice can be prevented by proper analysis and preparation.

Assessment

Class Presentation (10%)
Online quizzes (20%)
Class test (30%)
Take-home examination (40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering.

Prerequisites

LAW7273 Principles of evidence or equivalent.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Second semester 2013 (Day)

Notes

Synopsis

The contemporary entertainment lawyer must possess a core competence in intellectual property, contracts and licensing, negotiation strategies, business organization, commercial transactions, and international and comparative law as well as familiarity with a host of other topics. This course is designed to consider the fundamental substantive issues found in international entertainment law, including the impact of myriad domestic and global regimes implicated in the study, and to arm the participant with the knowledge and skills necessary to embark upon a practice in the subject area.
The topics considered in the course include but are not limited to: rights of image of celebrities; intellectual property assets and the cross-border acquisition of rights; the effect of established and emerging multi-media platforms on entertainment products and services; the employment of extra-territorial talent; the authority of talent guilds over foreign performers and performances; international financing of motion pictures and sound recordings; barriers created by copyright and international trade law to cross-border distribution of recordings, videos, books and magazines; issues related to exhibition, performance and sale of entertainment, such as domestic content requirements, regulation of offensive content, international piracy, and the cross-border collection of music and movie royalties; and the structure of entertainment contracts of various sorts. Since the topic is global and is significantly affected by diverse cultural and economic influences and experiences, the laws and perspectives of a breadth of countries, including but not limited to Australia, the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Japan, Germany, and France will be considered.
This course is appropriate for both generalists seeking an introduction to the subject as well as specialists who desire to consider advanced topics. This course is appropriate for both generalists seeking an introduction to the subject as well as specialists who desire to consider advanced topics.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit, students should:

  1. be able to identify and critically examine the fundamental issues in international entertainment law, including the domestic and global regimes implicated in the study;
  2. be able to identify and appreciate the significance of key of features of the different rights available in respect of entertainment products, services and personalities;
  3. understand, and be able to analyse critically the law, policies and traditions of Australia and various other countries of the world that influence the recognition, development, promotion and protection of interests in entertainment products, services and personalities;
  4. have practical skills that will permit them to draft licenses, permissions, releases and other documents that affect such entertainment interests;
  5. be able to engage in cross-cultural legal analysis;
  6. be able to find and analyse relevant resources relating to international entertainment law; and
  7. further develop oral articulation of legal argument during class discussions.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students enrolled in this unit will be provided with 24 contact hours of seminars per semester whether intensive, semi-intensive, or semester-long offering.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit explores the legal framework for workplace investigations in the private and public sectors in Australia and the role and significance of such investigations for discipline, job security, worker and workplace safety, compliance with laws and employment relations. Conducting an investigation in accordance with employment and administrative laws will be analysed; and the rights and obligations of employers, employees, witnesses and decision makers will be explored.

The areas to be addressed are:

  1. Investigations into employee misconduct in the public and private sectors - legal issues

  • legislative and other sources of power to investigate
  • nature of misconduct
  • natural justice and procedural fairness
  • right of representation by lawyer, friend or union
  • role of witnesses
  • powers of investigating body
  • standard of proof and nature of evidence
  • confidentiality of witnesses, the report, freedom of information
  • legal professional privilege
  • the impact on the investigation of a criminal investigation which is also being conducted or the a lying of criminal charges are laid?
  • legal effect and publication of report
  • consequences of inquiry
  • duty of trust and confidence in employment
  • right of redress - Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and discrimination legislation
  • rights of appeal and review
  • relevance of privacy legislation

  1. Conducting workplace investigations of misconduct of employees.
    • contract of employment
    • enterprise agreements governing the investigation process -RTBU v KDR Victoria Pty Ltd t/as Yarra Trams [2013] FCA 330 (incorporation of Disciplinary Counselling Policy and Procedures re inquiry following dismissal into enterprise agreement)
    • internal processes and workplace policies
    • nature of misconduct and the conduct the subject of investigation
    • suspension from employment
    • scope of investigation
    • who should undertake the investigation and choosing an independent investigator
    • right of representation - legal or other, including union
    • how to assess evidence, what is relevant and irrelevant, and what is hearsay?
    • dealing with witnesses and documents and witness reports
    • findings recommendations and advice.

  1. Review of Federal and State legislative proposals concerning bullying and internal investigations

  1. The role of other bodies including the Fair Work Commission and the Fair Work Ombudsman, the Australian Human Rights Commission and the Victorian Equal Opportunity and Human Rights Commission, in investigating employee misconduct.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:-

  1. Understand the legal framework for workplace investigations and the sources of the power to undertake investigations of employees' misconduct in the workplace, both in the public sector and the private sector;
  2. Understand and critically evaluate the process of workplace investigations including the nature of the investigating body and its powers, the right of representation, relationship of the investigation to civil and criminal proceedings, and evidentiary and natural justice issues;
  3. Analyse the impact of legislation relating to privacy and the retention of, and access to, records and the investigator's report, and the effect of legal professional privilege;
  4. Critique the impact of legislative developments in unfair dismissal and general protections to employees, and bullying, in particular under the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and the role of institutions such as the Fair Work Commission in workplace misconduct;
  5. Understand topics of conducting workplace investigations and responding to bullying issues through practical case study teaching methods which emphasise how these matters are likely to arise in a practical context.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,000 words): 40%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%
Class participation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the victims of mass atrocity. After assessing the meaning of victimization, the unit focuses on what justice means to victims, differentiating between retributive, expressive and restorative justice and exploring the tensions that may inhere between various communities of victims. It also provides detailed analysis of the variety of post-conflict accountability mechanisms: trials, truth commissions, civil proceedings, amnesty, customary dispute resolution, and reparations. It also covers the law and jurisprudence of the International Criminal Court, and other international tribunals, in terms of victim participation in criminal proceedings, victim reparations, and victim damage claims. In addition, it will include case studies and discussion of how disempowered groups become enmeshed as agents of violence during episodes of mass atrocity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge of, and understanding of recent developments in, international criminal and human rights law with creativity and initiative to new for further learning in relation to reference to victim's rights, accountability for atrocity, and criminological understandings of human agency in times of political violence.
  2. Investigate, analyse and synthesise complex information, problems, concepts and theories in international criminal law and human rights law, in particular, with reference to feminist theory, ethnographic method, neuroscience, victimology, and other interdisciplinary perspectives.
  3. Using a comparative perspective conduct research based on knowledge of appropriate research principles and methods concerning the needs, conduct, goals, responsibilities, and ambitions of victims of human rights abuses so as to create new understandings of key developments, likely future directions and current and emerging problems, including the vastly underappreciated reality that, during episodes of massive political violence, victims may come to victimise others.
  4. Use cognitive, technical and creative skills to generate and evaluate at an abstract level complex ideas and concepts relevant to the study of victims of human rights abuses.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

24 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

All societies grapple with the issues of ensuring compliance with criminal laws, establishing appropriate forms of punishment, and implementing those punishments in acceptable and effective ways. This unit focuses on theories, institutions and processes relating to the legal system's response to breaches of the criminal law, in a range of comparative jurisdictions. Students will examine theories of punishment, approaches to and options for sentencing, contributions being made in various jurisdictions by therapeutic jurisprudence and restorative justice, and different approaches to the use of imprisonment. Students will also examine the operation and management of imprisonment in a range of jurisdictions, including issues of discipline, drug use, gender and ethnicity, and human rights.

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have acquired or developed

  • an understanding of the objectives and theories of sentencing and punishment
  • a knowledge of current global legal, political and social perspectives on sentencing and punishment
  • an understanding of theories of punishment, and sentencing alternatives, in a range of comparative jurisdictions
  • the ability to independently research and critically analyse problems in the enforcement of the criminal law
  • the ability to think critically about the principles and institutions which relate to punishment.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This course begins with comparative approaches to a range of legal traditions in which family law is idiosyncratically situated. Topical issues touching on how domestic law interacts with legal diversity in family law will be canvassed. Particular emphasis will be placed on the interactions between religiously-governed family law and secular state law.
From the comparative law perspective, the course will progress to a consideration of the ways in which Immigration and Refugee Law interacts with domestic family law and family law policy.
The seminar will then progress to an examination of the traditional common law conflict of law principles that touch on family law matters, including jurisdiction and recognition and international enforcement of foreign family law orders. Consideration will then be given to the modification of the common law regime by treaty and legislation, including the various Hague Conventions that apply to family law issues. Further attention will be given to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child as well as other human rights treaties. Each regime will be considered in the context of its impact upon domestic legal issues.
The six main area of family law will be examined through the lenses of comparative and international law, including marriage, divorce, matrimonial property, adoption, custody, and support.

Outcomes

Outcomes include:

  • have students develop an awareness of the range of legal traditions within which family law is situated
  • have students develop an awareness of links among Immigration and Refugee Law, domestic family law, and family law policy
  • have students develop an understanding of both private and public international law principles that impact upon domestic legal issues.

Assessment

The students will complete four (1,875 words) critical analysis papers. Each paper will be worth 25% of the overall unit grade.

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

Synopsis

This unit will provide an overview of the Chinese legal system, in particular in the areas of foreign-related commercial law. There will be focus not just on the law itself, but also on matters of legal culture, politics, economics, institutional design and other variables that impact on its operation. The unit will also use China as a case study to develop the skills of analysing comparative legal systems. Cross-cultural thinking is crucial for corporate lawyers to advise effectively on transnational deals and for policy-makers to create strategic international and regional policy solutions.

Each class use a contract, case or high-profile example as basis for analysis and class discussion. A key focus will be on finding objectivity in analysing a legal system when every subject is highly politicised.

As this unit provides an overview of the legal system, it will focus on drawing together overarching themes with a view to proving the tools necessary to continue to keep with key changes to China's legal system.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of fundamental issues in Chinese law, and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems
  2. critically evaluate, integrate and apply abstract concepts, theories and problems in Chinese law and policy using a comparative perspective
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse information about the Chinese legal sysem to create new understandings of key developments, likely future directions and current and emerging problems
  4. interpret, communicate and present ideas and arguments relating to the Chinese legal system effectively and persuasively to specialist or non-specialist audiences and peers.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Contact hours

24 contact hours per semester (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedSunway Trimester 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will cover a selected number of issues in medical law and ethics. Topics will include general issues that revolve around notions of autonomy, competency and compulsion as well as a number of contemporary bioethics issues such as organ transplantation, abortion and medical research.
In discussing these issues, students will be encouraged to think about the differences as well as the interplay between legal rules and ethical guidelines. The discussions will also include a consideration of the approaches taken by different countries and students will be invited to think critically about the responses of different jurisdictions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of fundamental issues in medical law and ethics and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems;
  2. critically evaluate, integrate and apply concepts, theories and problems in medical law and ethics;
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse information about medical law and ethics to create new understandings of current and emerging problems; and
  4. interpret, communicate and present ideas and arguments relating to medical law and ethics effectively and persuasively to specialist or non-specialist audiences and peers.

Assessment

One research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
One take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit takes a comparative approach to the law of remedies for civil wrongs. It examines the treatment of selected remedial issues in various common law jurisdictions.

The topics covered include the following:

  • aims and methods of comparative legal studies;
  • compensation for non-pecuniary loss in contract and tort;
  • effect of contributory negligence in contract and tort;
  • liability of multiple wrongdoers;
  • gain-based remedies in contract and tort;
  • punitive damages in contract and tort;
  • vindication as an aim of damages; and
  • specific relief and personal-service agreements.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit a student should:

  • have gained an understanding of different approaches to selected remedial issues
  • understand the place the law of remedies has in the wider context of law and society, and in particular the relationship between law and equity and how social policy goals are asserted through various legal doctrines
  • have a critical appreciation of different conceptions to similar remedies problems experienced in a number of common law countries
  • have developed the ability to independently research and write a minor memorandum on a remedies topic.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit examines selected areas of torts law from a comparative and international perspective. It analyses current issues and emerging trends across common law and civil law jurisdictions.

The topics covered include the following:

  • aims and methods of comparative legal studies;
  • development of tort law in common law and civil law jurisdictions;
  • Europeanisation of tort law;
  • liability for pure economic loss;
  • liability for psychological harm;
  • liability for 'wrongful life' and 'wrongful birth';
  • proof of causation; and
  • protection of privacy.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to:

  • demonstrate detailed and advanced understanding of the selected topics
  • enhance their understanding of the jurisprudence and practice of torts law
  • engage in oral discussion about the function and evolution of modern torts law across jurisdictional boundaries
  • be able to critically assess the interaction of torts law and related areas.

Assessment

Research assignment (3,750 words): 50%
Take-home examination (3,750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit will examine various sources of international law that potentially apply to sexuality-based claims. The approach of individual states, both from a domestic law perspective and in interpreting interenational obligations, will also be considered. We will examine international treaties and case law from various international as well as domestic courts. Consideration will be given to policy objectives and competing cultural and political arguments. Students will work in groups and participate in exercises where they simulate the roles played by various constituencies, including judges, state actors, lawyers, and individuals claiming discriminatory treatment.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to:

  • demonstrate a solid understanding of the principles of international law that relate to sexuality-based claims;
  • articulate the basic variations of domestic law, from a global perspective, relating to sexuality-based claims;
  • understand the basis for legal distinctions between challeges based on privacy, discrimination, and free expression;
  • understand and the potential implications arising from claims based on privacy, discrimination, and free expression; and
  • engage in policy discussions about laws relating to sexuality-based claims.

Assessment

Class participation and in-class simulated exercises: 10%; research assignment (3,750 words): 50%; take-home final examination (3,000 words): 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit begins with a detailed discussion of several well-known cases from the common law of Contract. The goal is to notice the gaps between the rules and the ultimate decisions. The course continues with a discussion of Max Weber's classical statement of how legal questions are decided in the civil law and his suggestion that adjudication in the common law is irrational. The unit then attempts to respond to Weber's challenge by focusing on the classical discussion of this question by some of the great theorists of the common law, together with contemporary writers who contribute to the same discussion. Students will read and discuss chapters by several writers, including Blackstone, Holmes, Maitland, Cardozo, Llewellyn, Hart and Sachs, Gilmore, Posner, Unger, Frug, Williams, and Fisher. Emphasis will be on discussionboth the discussion among the theorists themselves and our own discussion with the competing traditions that we discover in the reading.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to:

  • understand the civil law critique of how cases are decided at common law;
  • notice when there are gaps between the announced rules and the case results;
  • understand the different conceptions of case adjudication elaborated by the great thinkers of the common law;
  • use the differing conceptions productively when making legal argument; and
  • elaborate an original theory of how cases should be decided.

Assessment

2 research papers (3,750 words each) or 1 research paper (7,500 words).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Quota applies

The unit can be taken by a maximum of 45 students (due to limited facilities and method of teaching).

Synopsis

This unit introduces the key concepts in the administration of criminal justice and the major ethical systems. It examines issues relevant to the administration of criminal justice by identifying the ethical dilemmas that might arise for professionals in the criminal justice system. Topics will include ethics and police, ethics and lawyers, ethics in corrections and the ethics of criminal justice policy making. In discussing ethical dilemmas at the various stages of the administration of criminal justice, students will be encouraged and challenged to think about the differences and interplay between the procedural rules, institutional practices and ethical guidelines. The impact and implications of the issues are considered and their possible resolutions explored. The different approaches taken by different countries in tackling the said issues will be examined by students, who will be invited to think critically about how ethics can facilitate in the search for the appropriate resolution for the said issues.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to:

  • demonstrate an understanding of the key concepts in the administration of criminal justice and the major ethical systems;
  • identify the ethical dilemmas in the administration of criminal justice;
  • analyse selected issues in the administration of criminal justice from an ethical viewpoint;
  • evaluate criminal justice practices and laws from an ethical perspective; and
  • engage in discussion of how ethics can play a role in the resolution of issues in criminal justice in different legal jurisdictions.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%; presentation: 10%; 1 research paper (6,000 words): 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

The unit studies Canadian, Australian, English and US case law and theory on the principle of unjust enrichment. The unit will cover

  1. the elements of the unjust enrichment principle,
  2. the substantive areas for which it appears to be the principle underlying the granting of relief,
  3. the remedies and defences that are available, and
  4. the applicability of the unjust enrichment analysis to restitutionary claims for benefits secured through wrongdoing.

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this course should have:

  • been exposed to controversies concerning the structure and shape of restitution as a third branch of private law alongside contract and tort;
  • acquired an overview of legal and equitable remedies which embody a 'restitutionary' response - the recovery of money and other benefits unjustly retained;
  • acquired an understanding of the principal areas where the restitutionary response has been applied;
  • considered the content and operation of the unjust enrichment principle;
  • have become familiar with the historical antecedents of the modern law of unjust enrichment or restitution; and
  • will have considered possible reforms to the existing law of restitution in light of ht eunjust enrichment analysis.

Assessment

Two research assignments (3,750 words): 100% OR one research assignment (7,500 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedNot offered in 2013

Notes

For postgraduate Law discontinuation dates, please see http://www.law.monash.edu.au/current-students/postgraduate/pg-disc-dates.html

Synopsis

This unit will provide a comparative survey of some of the modern principles of evidence. It will focus on the right and obligations of the parties in the common law and civil law regimes.Some of the major concepts of evidence law will be examined including:

  • the role of the parties in litigation
  • burden of proof
  • relevance and admissibility
  • witnesses
  • privileges
  • the hearsay rule
  • expert evidence
  • documentary and Real evidence

Outcomes

On completion of this unit,a student should be able to:

  • demonstrate a working knowledge and have a overview of the major general principles of evidence law as they apply to different legal jurisdictions,specifically Australia, Canada, the U.S and some Civilian jurisdictions;
  • understand and recognise some of the major differences and similarities of the evidence rules in the various jurisdictions;
  • demonstrate a critical appreciation of the application and meaning of a number of specific rules of evidence by examining statute and case law from the various jurisdictions; and
  • independently research and write a minor memorandum and an evidence topic.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%; class presentation: 10%; research paper(2,250 words)30%; take home exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, and assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Janet Walker

Synopsis

This unit compares rules of private international law of different jurisdictions. Private international law (or conflict of laws) is the body of rules applying to civil disputes with an international element. These are the rules on when a court is to assume jurisdiction, when a foreign judgment is to be recognised, and which law is to be applied to a dispute. Private international law is domestic law. Focusing on commercial disputes, this unit compares the private international law of Australia, Canada, the European Union, the UK and the US. This unit investigates case law, domestic legislation and regulations of the European Union, namely the Brussels I Regulation, the Rome I Regulation and the Rome II Regulation.

With regard to the jurisdictions covered, the following issues are investigated:

  • the history, nature and sources of private international law;
  • the theoretical and policy considerations underpinning private international law;
  • the rules on the courts' jurisdiction in commercial disputes with an international element, including the restraint of foreign proceedings;
  • the rules on recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments in commercial disputes;
  • the general choice-of-law process;

the specific rules on the determination of the law applying to claims in contract and tort.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, a student should be able to:

  1. identify when a particular commercial dispute involving a foreign element raises issues of private international law, and what those issues are;
  2. advise on how those issues would be approached by a court in Australia, Canada, the European Union and the US;
  3. explain the theoretical and policy considerations underpinning the private international law of Australia, Canada, the European Union, the UK and the US;
  4. critically analyse current rules of private international law and make suggestions for law reform
  5. undertake independent research on a topic of private international law

Assessment

One essay (3000 words): 60%
Outline of Argument (1200 words): 24%
Reasons for Judgment (800 words): 16%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

36 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

Prerequisites

Prerequisites: LAW2101 Contract A and LAW2102 Contract B, or an equivalent introductory course in contract law at another university; LAW2201 Torts A and LAW2202 Torts B, or an equivalent introductory course in contract law at another university


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

The aim of this course is to consider the meaning of political liberty in Europe today. It will start by comparing different traditions of European thought on the meaning of freedom that continue to influence our views. Whilst the course is focused upon primary readings of political philosophers, their theoretical frameworks will be considered in the context of contemporary legal debates and concepts.

Indicative subject matter (which can be reduced depending upon time and student interest):

Seminar 1: Introduction to different concepts of political freedom and the relationship to different contemporary issues in law in contemporary Europe
Seminar 2: The liberal tradition: Mill "On Liberty"; the limits of law
Seminar 3: Berlin's concept of negative liberty and Waldron's discussion of property law and homelessness
Seminar 4: Robert Nozick: freedom as an argument for a minimal state; Cohen's attack on the concept of self-ownership; responses to the question: could freedom of contract include the right to enter into a civil slave agreement?
Seminar 5: Carole Pateman: freedom as the absence of subordination; the "sexual contract"; images of employment and traditional marriage contracts; a critique of the liberal public/private divide and concepts of privacy in law.
Seminar 6: The Civic Republican Tradition: Skinner's Reading of Machiavelli
Seminar 7: Arendt on freedom as public action; European context
Seminar 8: Kant's concept of liberty and of personhood; links with the concept of legal personhood and public reason
Seminar 9: Cornell's reading of Kant; a legal test for law's legitimacy
Seminar 10 and 11: Foucault on freedom; law cannot guarantee freedom; is it possible to judge a freer society within a Foucauldian framework? This will include an examination of the shift from middle to late Foucault and Patton's reading compared with Charles Taylor.
Seminar 12: Revision

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit should develop:

  1. A detailed and critical understanding of the key elements of diverse arguments within the European tradition on the nature of political freedom and its relationship to law.
  2. An ability to understand and evaluate competing theoretical frameworks and to formulate, express and support the student's own arguments.

Assessment

Research assignment (3750 words): 50%
Take home examination (3750 words): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

This will vary depending upon the demands of Prato and the timetable. Indicative hours would be: 6 hours a week for 6 weeks or 12 hours per week for 3 weeks. The total number of hours contact will remain 36.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Introduction to Law and Legal Reasoning or other equivalent introduction to law courses.

Co-requisites

Introduction to Law and Legal Reasoning or other equivalent introduction to law courses.

Prohibitions

Introduction to Law and Legal Reasoning or other equivalent introduction to law courses.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This seminar will provide both an historical and contemporary comparative look at the ways that legal systems have dealt with religious difference, freedom of religion, and "the secular". An important note in contemporary scholarship on the contemporary interaction of law and religion has been that there is not a single "secular" but, rather, varieties of secularisms. A close study of the various ways that political power, law, and religion have been configured provides a unique and valuable line of sight into comparative legal traditions, constitutional structure, and legal and political theory. Some of the most interesting contemporary legal and political debates have arisen out of questions about freedom of religion, its limits, and the just relationship between religion and the state. Issues range from the permissible content of public reason and the appearance of religious symbols in public space, to the legal status of religious education and the rights of parents to make decisions for their children on religious grounds. Drawing on cases and legal issues from a range of national traditions, as well as from comparative legal and theoretical scholarship, this seminar will explore the contemporary interaction of law and religion in a variety of jurisdictions. The seminar will involve a close study of issues arising within a broad spectrum of legal areas, including constitutional law, education law, criminal law, family law, health law, administrative law, and the law of deliberative democracy.

In addition to specific case studies, topics addressed may include some of the following, but will be selected and emphasized based on student and instructor interest in a given year:

Topic 1:Theoretical models for the study of religion and society
Topic 2:Historical patterns in the interaction of law and religion
Topic 3:Theoretical Approaches to "Secularism"
Topic 4:Comparative Approaches to Freedom of Religion
Topic 5:Religion in Public Decision-Making
Topic 6:Religion, Secularism, and State Symbols
Topic 7:Religion, Secularism, and Education
Topic 8:Religion and Conflicts of Rights
Topic 9:Gender Equality, Sexual Diversity, and Religion
Topic 10:Religious Difference and Legal Pluralism

Outcomes

Students who successfully complete this unit will develop:

  1. A clear appreciation for the varieties of ways in which law and religion configure in contemporary models of secularism and the social and political importance of these models
  2. Knowledge about the interaction of law and religion in contemporary constitutional orders
  3. An improved capacity for comparative analysis of legal and political systems
  4. An improved ability to understand and evaluate competing theoretical frameworks and to formulate, express, and support the student's opinions and arguments.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Presentations: 10%
Three critical essays based on the course materials, total word count for the three assignments to amount to 6,000 words: 80%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students are required to attend 36 hours of seminars over the duration of this intensive course.

Prerequisites

LAW7212 for non-law LLM students or LAW7470 for JD students or equivalent

Co-requisites

LAW7212 for non-law LLM students or LAW7470 for JD students or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedPrato Term 2 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This course examines patentable subject matter across Canada, the US, the UK and Australia. It examines the most fundamental question in patent law: namely, what is an 'invention'? In other words, is this the type of "stuff" that patent law should protect with a twenty (20) year monopoly?
Indeed, the meaning of "invention" is far from a doctrinal topic "bedevilled by verbal formulae" and "sterile argument about the meaning of words". For, "whoever controls the meaning of 'invention' controls what can be patented and hence an important aspect of industrial policy." (Peter Prescott QC, sitting as deputy judge, in CFPH LLC, (Patent Applications Nos. 0226884.3 and 0419317.3), [2005] EWHC 1589).

This course will therefore cover novel aspects of patentability: from software and business methods to higher life forms (including even half-monkey half-human chimeras).

No technical background required or expected, nor is any previous work in patent law needed.

Seminar 1: Introduction to patentable subject matter, and basic patent law principles.
Seminar 2: Patentable subject matter in Canada.
Seminar 3: Patentable subject matter in Canada (cont'd).
Seminar 4: Patentable subject matter in the US.
Seminar 5: Patentable subject matter in the US (cont'd).
Seminar 6: Group work and/or presentations.
Seminar 7: Patentable subject matter in the UK.
Seminar 8: Patentable subject matter in the UK (cont'd).
Seminar 9: Patentable subject matter in Australia.
Seminar 10: Patentable subject matter in Australia (cont'd).
Seminar 11: Group work and/or presentations.
Seminar 12: Revision

Outcomes

At the end of the course, it is expected that students will:

  1. be familiar with the existing body of jurisprudence and major academic writings in the area of patentable subject matter;
  2. extrapolate and critically assess the evolving principles and themes embodied in that jurisprudence and literature;
  3. be able to better articulate, understand and apply those principles in practice.

Assessment

Research assignment (6,000 words) 80%
Critical case comment (1,500 words) 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

36 contact hours per teaching period (either intensive, semi-intensive or semester long, depending on the Faculty resources, timetabling and requirements)

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

LAW7212 for non-law LLM students or LAW7470 for JD students or equivalent

Co-requisites

LAW7212 for non-law LLM students or LAW7470 for JD students or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedSunway Term 3 2013 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the main legal issues involved in the resolution of legal disputes between private (that is, non-state) parties in an international setting. In that respect, we will consider in detail the two major systems of dispute resolution: litigation before national courts and arbitration before private arbitral tribunals. We will analyze and compare the legal issues that may arise at the different stages of an international dispute in each of these systems and on that basis discuss the policy issues involved in each context and the considerations that will become relevant for parties when deciding which kind of dispute resolution system to choose. Particular emphasis will be on

  1. the initiation of the proceedings (jurisdiction and forum selection clauses, arbitration agreements and arbitrability),
  2. the conducting of the proceedings (service of process, taking of evidence) and
  3. the recognition and enforcement of the respective decisions (court judgments and arbitral awards).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, a student should be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of the principles of international litigation and arbitration and the legal framework governing international litigation and arbitration and exercise analytic skill and professional judgment to generate appropriate responses to moderately complex problems;
  2. critically evaluate, integrate and apply concepts, theories and problems in international litigation and arbitration;
  3. research independently, synthesise and analyse information about international litigation and arbitration to create new understandings of current and emerging problems; and
  4. interpret, communicate and present ideas and arguments relating to international litigation and arbitration effectively and persuasively to specialist or non-specialist audiences and peers.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
One research assignment (4,500 words): 60%
Examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Students will be required to attend 36 hours of seminars, and undertake approximately an additional 108 hours of private study, including reading, class preparation, assignment preparation and revision time over the duration of the course.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedAustralia (Other) 1-60A 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) 2-60A 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Australia (Other) Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchanges programs to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedAustralia (Other) 1-60A 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) First semester 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) 2-60A 2013 (Day)
Australia (Other) Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Australia (Other) Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchanges programs to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedOverseas 1-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas 2-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchanges programs to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedOverseas 1-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas 2-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an oubound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedOverseas 1-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking oubound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are process accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedOverseas 1-60 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


0 points, SCA Band 3, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Law
OfferedClayton Research quarter 1 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2013 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2013 (External Candidature)